1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
139 \author 2090807402 "usti"
153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
155 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
157 \begin_inset CommandInset href
159 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
170 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 \begin_inset Note Note
181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
182 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
183 \begin_inset Newline newline
188 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
196 \begin_layout Standard
197 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
198 LatexCommand tableofcontents
205 \begin_layout Chapter
209 \begin_layout Section
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 LyX is a document preparation system.
215 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
216 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
217 It is unlike most other
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
227 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 pt type, left justified, 5
244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
252 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
256 \begin_layout Standard
257 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
270 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
274 \begin_layout Standard
276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
288 the format of all of the manuals.
289 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
290 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
307 \begin_layout Section
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
314 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
315 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
321 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
322 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
324 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
325 only a vertical scrollbar.
326 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
327 The first case is large images.
328 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
335 LaTeX and LyX options
338 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
340 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
341 this doesn't work for equations yet.
344 \begin_layout Standard
345 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
353 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
360 \begin_layout Section
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
366 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
367 Just select the manual you want to read from the
374 \begin_layout Section
376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
378 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
385 \begin_layout Standard
386 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
401 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
402 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
403 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
405 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
406 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
411 \begin_inset space \space{}
414 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
415 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
417 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
421 \begin_inset Index idx
424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
425 Reconfiguration of LyX
430 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
433 \begin_layout Section
435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
437 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
446 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
448 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
449 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
453 \begin_layout Standard
454 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
456 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
457 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
460 \begin_layout Standard
461 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
462 you can view from the menu
464 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
483 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
484 reconfigure LyX (menu
486 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
490 \begin_inset Note Note
493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
494 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
502 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
503 More about TeX Code is described in section
508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
510 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
514 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
521 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
531 \begin_inset Index idx
534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
535 Reconfiguration of LyX
540 See section 5.1 of the
544 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
547 \begin_layout Chapter
551 \begin_layout Section
552 Basic File Operations
553 \begin_inset Index idx
556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
565 \begin_layout Standard
570 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
571 in addition to some more advanced operations:
574 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_layout Itemize
686 arg "dialog-show print"
692 \begin_layout Itemize
698 \begin_layout Standard
699 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
700 a few minor differences.
703 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
718 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
719 you for a template to use.
720 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
721 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
722 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
730 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
737 \begin_layout Standard
738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
770 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
771 space is just that — a big, blank space.
779 \begin_layout Standard
800 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
805 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
830 will reload the document from disk.
831 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
832 and want to restore it to the last save.
841 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
842 them as your changes.
845 \begin_layout Section
846 Basic Editing Features
847 \begin_inset Index idx
850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
859 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
868 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
869 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
870 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
872 We will start with cut and paste.
875 \begin_layout Standard
876 As you might expect, the
880 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
881 various other editing features.
882 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
886 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_layout Itemize
928 \begin_layout Itemize
938 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_layout Itemize
964 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
970 \begin_layout Standard
971 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 \begin_inset Index idx
976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
982 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
991 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
994 \begin_layout Standard
997 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1019 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1028 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1029 will start a new paragraph.
1032 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_inset Index idx
1036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_inset Index idx
1046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1056 \begin_inset space ~
1060 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1072 \begin_inset space ~
1078 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1083 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1100 button to skip the current word.
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1109 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1118 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1120 If the toggle is set, searching for
1121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1132 will not match the word
1133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1147 Match whole words only
1149 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1178 LyX offers also an advanced
1181 \begin_inset space ~
1185 \begin_inset space ~
1190 feature that is described in sec.
1191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1197 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1205 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1206 \begin_inset space \space{}
1210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1218 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1220 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1225 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1232 \begin_layout Standard
1233 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1236 arg "inset-select-all"
1242 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1245 selects the whole document.
1248 \begin_layout Section
1250 \begin_inset Index idx
1253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1260 \begin_inset Index idx
1263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1272 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1279 \begin_layout Standard
1280 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1281 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1287 or the toolbar button
1293 to undo some mistake.
1294 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1299 or the toolbar button
1306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1313 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1317 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1320 \begin_layout Standard
1321 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1330 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1331 This is a consequence of the 100
1332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1335 step undo limit, above.
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1347 work on almost everything in LyX.
1348 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1352 \begin_layout Section
1354 \begin_inset Index idx
1357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1366 \begin_layout Standard
1367 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1370 \begin_layout Enumerate
1375 \begin_layout Itemize
1380 once anywhere in the edit window.
1381 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1385 \begin_layout Enumerate
1390 \begin_layout Itemize
1396 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1402 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1405 \begin_layout Itemize
1406 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 \begin_layout Enumerate
1416 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1421 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1422 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1426 \begin_layout Section
1428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1430 name "sec:Navigating"
1435 \begin_inset Index idx
1438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1447 \begin_layout Standard
1448 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1451 \begin_layout Itemize
1456 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1457 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1461 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1466 or by the toolbar button
1469 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1475 \begin_layout Itemize
1476 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1478 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1481 and use the same menu to return to them.
1482 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1485 \begin_layout Standard
1489 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1494 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1495 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 \begin_inset space ~
1502 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1503 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1504 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1505 your last editing position.
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1513 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1516 \begin_layout Subsection
1518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1520 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1542 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1549 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1554 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1558 \begin_layout Standard
1559 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1560 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1561 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1562 dialog and to modify the citation.
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1568 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1569 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1577 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1582 you further to control the display.
1587 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1588 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1594 option keeps it in the current view state.
1595 Keeping means that when you have e.
1596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1600 \begin_inset space \space{}
1603 the subsections of section
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1607 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1608 \begin_inset space ~
1611 3, the subsections of section
1612 \begin_inset space ~
1615 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1620 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1625 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1635 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1638 \begin_layout Standard
1640 \begin_inset space \space{}
1644 \begin_inset Graphics
1645 filename ../images/reload.png
1650 \begin_inset space ~
1653 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1654 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1657 \begin_inset space \space{}
1661 \begin_inset Graphics
1662 filename ../images/down.png
1664 groupId toolbarbuttons
1669 \begin_inset space ~
1673 \begin_inset space \space{}
1677 \begin_inset Graphics
1678 filename ../images/up.png
1680 groupId toolbarbuttons
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1688 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1689 So, for example, you can move section
1690 \begin_inset space ~
1694 \begin_inset space ~
1697 2.4 or after section
1698 \begin_inset space ~
1702 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1704 \begin_inset Graphics
1705 filename ../images/promote.png
1707 groupId toolbarbuttons
1712 \begin_inset Graphics
1713 filename ../images/demote.png
1715 groupId toolbarbuttons
1719 (or the corresponding key bindings
1727 ) you can change the level of sections.
1728 So you can for example make section
1729 \begin_inset space ~
1733 \begin_inset space ~
1737 \begin_inset space ~
1743 \begin_layout Section
1744 Input / Word Completion
1745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1747 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1752 \begin_inset Index idx
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_inset Index idx
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1797 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1799 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1800 is used to propose completions.
1803 \begin_layout Standard
1804 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1806 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1811 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1818 \begin_inset space ~
1822 \begin_inset space ~
1827 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1836 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1837 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1847 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1848 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1853 are completions available.
1858 key to accept a proposed completion.
1859 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1860 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1861 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1868 \begin_layout Standard
1869 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1870 ing options for text.
1871 The special math option
1875 enables that characters can be composed.
1876 If you for example want to insert the character
1877 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1880 , you can then input the characters
1881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1892 to a formula to get it.
1893 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1894 of the math toolbar.
1895 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1899 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1900 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1909 \begin_layout Section
1911 \begin_inset Index idx
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1921 \begin_inset Index idx
1924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1953 \begin_inset Index idx
1956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1987 \begin_layout Standard
1988 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2001 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2003 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2009 \begin_layout Standard
2013 \begin_inset space ~
2021 \begin_inset space ~
2042 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2046 \begin_layout Labeling
2047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2051 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2052 LatexCommand nomenclature
2054 description "Tabulator key"
2060 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2061 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2062 \begin_inset space ~
2066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2068 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2075 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2079 , especially section
2080 \begin_inset space ~
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2086 reference "sub:Lists"
2092 If you're still confused, look in the
2097 \begin_inset Newline newline
2100 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2103 \begin_layout Labeling
2104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2108 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2109 LatexCommand nomenclature
2111 description "Escape key"
2118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2125 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2126 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2129 \begin_layout Labeling
2130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2136 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset space ~
2147 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2148 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2152 \begin_layout Standard
2153 There are three modifier keys:
2156 \begin_layout Labeling
2157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2176 LatexCommand nomenclature
2178 description "Control key"
2182 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2183 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2187 \begin_layout Itemize
2196 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2199 \begin_layout Itemize
2208 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2211 \begin_layout Itemize
2220 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2224 \begin_layout Labeling
2225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2243 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2244 LatexCommand nomenclature
2246 description "Shift key"
2250 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2251 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2254 \begin_layout Labeling
2255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2273 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2274 LatexCommand nomenclature
2276 description "Alt or Meta key"
2280 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2281 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2282 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2288 \begin_inset Newline newline
2291 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2293 menu accelerator keys
2296 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2297 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2301 \begin_layout Standard
2302 For example, the sequence
2303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2309 \begin_inset space ~
2313 \begin_inset space ~
2319 \begin_inset space ~
2327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2346 \begin_inset space ~
2352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2362 \begin_layout Standard
2367 manual lists all other things bound to the
2375 \begin_layout Standard
2376 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2377 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2378 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2379 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2380 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2381 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2382 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2384 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2400 followed by a capital
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2415 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2418 as explained in sec.
2419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2425 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2432 \begin_layout Chapter
2434 \begin_inset Index idx
2437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 \begin_layout Section
2448 \begin_inset Index idx
2451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2460 \begin_layout Subsection
2464 \begin_layout Standard
2465 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2466 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2467 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2468 numbering schemes, and so on.
2469 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2470 and format the title of your document differently.
2473 \begin_layout Standard
2478 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2479 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2480 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2481 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2482 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2485 \begin_layout Standard
2486 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2487 how to adjust their properties.
2490 \begin_layout Subsection
2492 \begin_inset Index idx
2495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2504 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2511 \begin_layout Standard
2512 You can select a class using the
2514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2515 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2519 \begin_inset Index idx
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2529 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2537 \begin_layout Standard
2538 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 Article for basic articles
2546 \begin_layout Description
2547 Report for basic reports
2550 \begin_layout Description
2551 Book for writing a book
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555 Letter for US-style letters
2558 \begin_layout Standard
2559 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2560 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2561 will include many of these.
2562 Here are some of the classes.
2563 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2565 Special Document Classes
2574 \begin_layout Description
2575 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2578 \begin_layout Description
2579 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2588 \begin_layout Description
2589 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2590 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2591 There are three article layouts available.
2592 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2593 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2594 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2595 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2600 sequential numbering
2601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2604 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2605 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2606 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2607 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 Beamer Layout for presentations
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2616 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2624 \begin_layout Description
2626 \begin_inset space ~
2629 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2632 \begin_layout Description
2633 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2636 \begin_layout Description
2637 Foils Used to make transparencies
2640 \begin_layout Description
2641 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2642 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2646 \begin_layout Description
2647 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2648 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2651 \begin_layout Description
2652 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Description
2660 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2661 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2662 (Is used by this document.)
2665 \begin_layout Description
2666 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2669 \begin_layout Description
2670 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2673 \begin_layout Description
2678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2685 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2686 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2688 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2691 \begin_layout Description
2692 Slides Used to make transparencies
2695 \begin_layout Description
2697 \begin_inset space ~
2700 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2701 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2704 \begin_layout Description
2705 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2709 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2711 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2717 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2718 of the document classes.
2721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2729 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2731 \begin_inset Index idx
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2751 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2752 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2754 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2759 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2760 and some of them, like
2764 , are highly specialized.
2765 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2766 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2768 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2769 by some document class.
2770 There are just too many of them.
2771 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2774 \begin_layout Standard
2775 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2783 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2784 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2785 document class for a new file.
2786 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2791 Installing new LaTeX files
2792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2799 manual for information on how to install them.
2800 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2806 \begin_layout Standard
2807 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2808 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2810 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2811 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2812 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2814 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2817 \begin_inset space ~
2824 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2850 chosen document class.
2851 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2852 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2863 \begin_inset Index idx
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2873 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2878 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2879 always installed by default.
2880 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2881 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2882 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2883 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2884 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2885 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2886 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2889 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2893 \begin_inset Index idx
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 Reconfiguration of LyX
2903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2906 Installing new LaTeX files
2907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2914 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2926 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2927 LyX will advise you about these things.
2935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2939 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2944 \begin_inset Index idx
2947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2948 Document ! Local Layout
2956 \begin_layout Standard
2957 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2958 used in a variety of different documents.
2959 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2960 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2961 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2962 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2963 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2964 What you want is LyX's
2965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2981 manual for information on how to use it.
2984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2988 \begin_layout Standard
2989 Each class has a default set of options.
2990 Here's a quick table describing them:
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2994 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3000 \begin_layout Standard
3002 \begin_inset Tabular
3003 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3004 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3464 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3470 \begin_layout Standard
3471 You're probably also wondering what
3472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3476 \begin_inset space ~
3480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3484 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3485 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3490 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3495 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3505 headings, there are also
3513 headings, and so on.
3514 We will describe these headings fully in section
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3521 reference "sub:Headings"
3528 \begin_layout Subsection
3530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3532 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3537 \begin_inset Index idx
3540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3549 \begin_inset Index idx
3552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3561 \begin_layout Standard
3562 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3571 \begin_inset space ~
3579 \begin_inset space ~
3584 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3586 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3587 to use for your document.
3588 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3605 \begin_inset space ~
3610 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3611 You can choose between the following five options:
3614 \begin_layout Labeling
3615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3620 Use default page style of current class.
3623 \begin_layout Labeling
3624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3629 No page numbers or headings.
3632 \begin_layout Labeling
3633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3641 \begin_layout Labeling
3642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3647 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3648 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3649 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3652 \begin_layout Labeling
3653 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3658 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3659 have the LaTeX-package
3664 \begin_inset Index idx
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3674 How they are defined is explained in section
3675 \begin_inset space ~
3679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3681 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3690 \begin_inset space ~
3694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3696 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3703 \begin_layout Subsection
3704 Paper Size and Orientation
3705 \begin_inset Index idx
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 Document ! Paper size
3715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3717 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3724 \begin_layout Standard
3725 You can find the following options in the menu
3728 \begin_inset space ~
3735 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3741 \begin_inset Index idx
3744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3753 \begin_layout Labeling
3754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3758 \begin_inset space ~
3763 What size paper to print on.
3768 \begin_layout Itemize
3774 \begin_layout Itemize
3780 \begin_layout Itemize
3786 \begin_layout Itemize
3792 \begin_layout Itemize
3795 US letter, US legal, US executive
3798 \begin_layout Itemize
3804 \begin_layout Itemize
3811 \begin_layout Labeling
3812 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3817 To choose whether to output as
3828 \begin_layout Labeling
3829 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3833 \begin_inset space ~
3838 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3839 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3842 \begin_layout Subsection
3844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3851 \begin_inset Index idx
3854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3861 \begin_inset Index idx
3864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 \begin_layout Standard
3874 Paper margins are set in the menu
3876 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3893 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3894 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3895 the paper format and the font size into account.
3898 \begin_layout Subsection
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3908 That includes the paragraph environments.
3909 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3910 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3911 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3912 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3921 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3923 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3924 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3925 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3928 \begin_layout Section
3929 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3930 \begin_inset Index idx
3933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3934 Paragraph ! Indentation
3942 \begin_layout Subsection
3944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3946 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3953 \begin_layout Standard
3954 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3955 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3959 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3960 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3961 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3962 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3966 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3972 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3973 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3974 language than English.
3975 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3978 \begin_layout Standard
3979 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3980 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3982 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3983 LyX takes care of that.
3984 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3986 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3987 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3988 of a page, and so on.
3992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3998 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3999 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4003 of these pre-coded spacings.
4004 We will explain more later.
4007 \begin_layout Subsection
4008 Paragraph Separation
4009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4011 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4016 \begin_inset Index idx
4019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4020 Paragraph ! Separation
4028 \begin_layout Standard
4029 To separate paragraphs, select
4040 \begin_inset space ~
4047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4051 \begin_inset Index idx
4054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4060 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4063 \begin_layout Subsection
4067 \begin_layout Standard
4068 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4073 \begin_inset space ~
4078 dialog and toggle the
4081 \begin_inset space ~
4086 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4089 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4093 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4094 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4100 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4103 \begin_layout Subsection
4105 \begin_inset Index idx
4108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4109 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4124 \begin_inset Index idx
4127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4136 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4139 \begin_inset space ~
4148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4149 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4154 \begin_inset Index idx
4157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4158 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4163 installed to use this feature.
4171 \begin_layout Section
4172 Paragraph Environments
4173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4175 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4180 \begin_inset Index idx
4183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4184 Paragraph ! Environments
4190 \begin_inset Index idx
4193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4194 Paragraph environments|(
4202 \begin_layout Subsection
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4229 \begin_inset Newline newline
4232 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4233 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4234 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4243 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4246 \begin_layout Standard
4247 A paragraph environment is simply a
4248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4255 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4256 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4257 scheme, labels, and so on.
4258 Additionally, you can
4259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4266 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4267 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4268 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4269 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4270 days of typewriters.
4271 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4273 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4276 \begin_layout Standard
4277 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4278 \begin_inset Graphics
4279 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4285 at the left end of the toolbar.
4286 LyX will change the environment of the
4290 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4291 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4292 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4305 create a new paragraph using the
4309 paragraph environment.
4311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4318 because if you are in one of these environments:
4321 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 \begin_layout Itemize
4333 \begin_layout Itemize
4339 \begin_layout Itemize
4345 \begin_layout Itemize
4351 \begin_layout Itemize
4357 \begin_layout Itemize
4363 \begin_layout Standard
4364 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4368 , rather than resetting it to
4373 Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4380 reference "sec:Nesting"
4387 \begin_layout Subsection
4391 \begin_layout Standard
4392 The default paragraph environment is
4397 It creates a plain paragraph.
4398 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4399 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4400 this manual) are in the
4407 \begin_layout Standard
4408 You can nest a paragraph using the
4412 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4420 \begin_layout Subsection
4422 \begin_inset Index idx
4425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4434 \begin_layout Standard
4435 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4444 for thanks or contact information.
4445 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4446 page along with today's date.
4447 For other types of documents, the title
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4459 \begin_layout Standard
4460 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4474 Here's how you use them:
4477 \begin_layout Itemize
4478 Put the title of your document in the
4485 \begin_layout Itemize
4486 Put the author name in the
4493 \begin_layout Itemize
4494 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4495 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4501 Note that using this environment is optional.
4502 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4503 If you don't want any date, add the line
4504 \begin_inset Newline newline
4514 \begin_inset Newline newline
4517 to the preamble of your document (menu
4519 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4526 You can use footnotes to insert
4527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4534 or contact information.
4537 \begin_layout Subsection
4539 \begin_inset Index idx
4542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4558 \begin_layout Standard
4559 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4560 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4565 \begin_inset Index idx
4568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4569 Section headings ! Numbered
4577 \begin_layout Standard
4578 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4582 \begin_layout Enumerate
4588 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4606 \begin_layout Enumerate
4612 \begin_layout Enumerate
4618 \begin_layout Enumerate
4624 \begin_layout Standard
4625 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4626 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4627 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4630 \begin_layout Standard
4631 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4632 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4633 You group the book into chapters.
4634 LyX does similar grouping:
4637 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 is divided into either
4653 \begin_layout Itemize
4665 \begin_layout Itemize
4677 \begin_layout Itemize
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4701 \begin_layout Itemize
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4722 Not all document types use the
4726 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4731 is the top-level heading.
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4744 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4745 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4747 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4761 \begin_inset Index idx
4764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4765 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4774 The unnumbered section headings have a
4775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4782 at the end of their name.
4783 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4784 the table of contents, see section
4785 \begin_inset space ~
4789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4799 Changing the Numbering
4800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4802 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4811 in the Table of Contents.
4812 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4814 Certain classes start with
4828 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4838 This is something you can change.
4841 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4848 \begin_inset Index idx
4851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4860 \begin_inset space ~
4864 \begin_inset space ~
4869 you will see two counters.
4874 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4876 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4881 Short Titles of Headings
4882 \begin_inset Index idx
4885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4886 Section headings ! Short titles
4892 \begin_inset Argument
4895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4904 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4911 \begin_layout Standard
4912 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4913 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4914 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4915 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4918 \begin_layout Standard
4919 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4920 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4921 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4922 To specify a short title, use the menu
4924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4926 \begin_inset space ~
4932 This will insert a box labeled
4933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4948 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4949 This also works for captions inside floats.
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4953 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4956 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4960 \begin_layout Standard
4961 The following information applies to all section headings:
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4968 \begin_layout Itemize
4969 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4972 \begin_layout Itemize
4973 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4976 \begin_layout Itemize
4977 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4980 \begin_layout Subsection
4981 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4984 \begin_layout Standard
4985 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4999 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5000 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5001 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5002 the text they contain.
5003 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5011 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5014 \begin_layout Standard
5015 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5024 when you start a new paragraph.
5025 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5029 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5030 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5031 have to change back to the
5035 environment yourself.
5044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5051 \begin_inset Index idx
5054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5065 time for the differences.
5074 are identical except for one difference:
5078 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5087 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5091 Here's an example of the
5104 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5106 See – no indentation!
5110 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5111 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5112 the other paragraph.
5115 \begin_layout Standard
5116 Here's another example, this time in the
5123 \begin_layout Quotation
5129 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5130 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5131 the first line, then
5135 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5139 you were quoting other text.
5142 \begin_layout Quotation
5143 Here's a new paragraph.
5144 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5145 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5148 \begin_layout Standard
5149 As the examples show,
5153 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5154 They should put quotes in the
5159 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5163 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5172 \begin_inset Index idx
5175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5184 \begin_inset Index idx
5187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5203 \begin_layout Standard
5208 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5214 \begin_inset Newline newline
5217 Which I did not rehearse!
5221 It could be much worse.
5222 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5224 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5225 indented a bit more than the first.
5226 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5232 \begin_inset Newline newline
5235 And make things look fine
5236 \begin_inset Newline newline
5242 arg "newline-insert newline"
5248 \begin_layout Standard
5253 does not indent both margins.
5254 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5255 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5262 arg "newline-insert newline"
5268 \begin_layout Subsection
5270 \begin_inset Index idx
5273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5289 \begin_layout Standard
5290 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5300 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5309 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5310 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5311 describing some general features of all four of them.
5314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5318 \begin_layout Standard
5319 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5321 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5330 reset the environment to
5334 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5335 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5336 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5340 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5343 to break paragraphs.
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5347 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5348 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5350 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5351 you read all of section
5352 \begin_inset space ~
5356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5358 reference "sec:Nesting"
5366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5372 \begin_inset Index idx
5375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5391 \begin_layout Standard
5392 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5396 paragraph environment.
5397 It has the following properties:
5400 \begin_layout Itemize
5401 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5406 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5409 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5414 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 The items can have any length.
5416 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5417 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5429 environment inside another
5433 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 \begin_inset space ~
5451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5453 reference "sec:Nesting"
5457 for a full explanation of nesting.
5461 \begin_layout Standard
5462 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5471 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5476 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5479 \begin_layout Itemize
5480 The label for the first level
5484 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5488 \begin_layout Itemize
5489 The label for the second level is a dash.
5493 \begin_layout Itemize
5494 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5498 \begin_layout Itemize
5499 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 Back out to the third level.
5508 \begin_layout Itemize
5509 Back to the second level.
5513 \begin_layout Itemize
5514 Back to the outermost level.
5517 \begin_layout Standard
5518 These are the default labels for an
5523 You can customize these labels in the
5525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5528 dialog in the submenu
5535 \begin_inset Index idx
5538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5547 \begin_layout Standard
5548 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5549 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5551 \begin_inset space ~
5555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5557 reference "sec:Nesting"
5564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5570 \begin_inset Index idx
5573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5582 name "sec:Enumerate"
5589 \begin_layout Standard
5594 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5595 It has these properties:
5598 \begin_layout Enumerate
5599 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5608 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 environment resets the counter to one.
5620 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5635 Items can have any length.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5642 \begin_layout Enumerate
5643 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5660 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5661 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5668 \begin_layout Enumerate
5669 The first level of an
5673 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5677 \begin_layout Enumerate
5678 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5682 \begin_layout Enumerate
5683 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5687 \begin_layout Enumerate
5688 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5691 \begin_layout Enumerate
5692 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 Back to the third level
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 Back to the second level.
5707 \begin_layout Enumerate
5708 Back to the outermost level.
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5712 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5717 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5722 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5726 \begin_layout Standard
5727 There is more to nesting
5731 environments than we've stated here.
5732 You should read section
5733 \begin_inset space ~
5737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5739 reference "sec:Nesting"
5743 to learn more about nesting.
5746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5752 \begin_inset Index idx
5755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5764 \begin_layout Standard
5765 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5769 list has no fixed label.
5770 Instead, LyX uses the first
5771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5778 of the first line as the label.
5782 \begin_layout Description
5783 Example: This is an example of the
5790 \begin_layout Standard
5791 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5795 \begin_layout Standard
5797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5804 it is meant that the first hit of the
5808 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5810 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5818 arg "space-insert protected"
5823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5824 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5826 \begin_inset space ~
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5838 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5842 for more info.) Here is an example:
5845 \begin_layout Description
5847 \begin_inset space ~
5850 Example: This one shows how to use a
5853 \begin_inset space ~
5865 \begin_layout Description
5866 Usage: You should use the
5870 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5871 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5873 It's not a good idea to use a
5877 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5878 You're better off using
5890 paragraphs into them.
5893 \begin_layout Description
5894 Nesting: You can nest
5898 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5902 \begin_layout Standard
5903 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5904 them from the first line.
5907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5909 \begin_inset Index idx
5912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5921 \begin_layout Standard
5926 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5938 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
5940 Here are its properties:
5943 \begin_layout Labeling
5944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5946 \begin_inset space ~
5949 labels LyX uses the first
5950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5957 of each line as the item label.
5962 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5963 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5964 blank as described above.
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5969 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5970 the body of the item text.
5971 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5972 label width plus a little extra space.
5976 \begin_layout Labeling
5977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5979 \begin_inset space ~
5982 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5984 If the label width is larger, the label
5985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5992 into the first line.
5993 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5994 margin of the rest of the item text.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6000 \begin_inset space ~
6003 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6008 environment has the same left margin.
6009 \begin_inset Newline newline
6012 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6015 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6017 \begin_inset space ~
6022 dialog (toolbar button
6025 arg "layout-paragraph"
6032 \begin_inset space ~
6037 determines the default label width.
6038 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6047 multiple times instead.
6048 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6057 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6060 \begin_inset space ~
6065 every time you alter a label in a
6070 \begin_inset Newline newline
6073 The predefined default width is the length of
6074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6082 \begin_inset space ~
6088 \begin_layout Standard
6093 list the same way as the
6097 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6103 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6107 \begin_layout Standard
6112 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
6113 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6121 reference "sec:Nesting"
6125 to learn about nesting.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 There is yet another feature of the
6133 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
6135 You can use additional
6139 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6144 are documented in section
6145 \begin_inset space ~
6149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6151 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6156 Here are some examples:
6159 \begin_layout Labeling
6160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6161 Left The default for
6168 \begin_layout Labeling
6169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6177 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6180 \begin_layout Labeling
6181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6182 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6193 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6196 \begin_layout Subsection
6198 \begin_inset Index idx
6201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6210 \begin_layout Standard
6211 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6214 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6216 in the document settings.
6217 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6222 \begin_inset Index idx
6225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6226 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6235 Custom Enumerate Lists
6236 \begin_inset Index idx
6239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6240 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6250 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6256 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6257 There you add the command
6260 \begin_layout Standard
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6269 in TeX Code (shortcut
6279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6280 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6281 \begin_inset space ~
6285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6287 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6300 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6307 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6308 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6321 For Arabic numerals use
6329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6336 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6351 \begin_layout Standard
6353 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6361 You can only number 26
6362 \begin_inset space ~
6365 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6374 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6375 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6378 \begin_layout Standard
6379 As example a list with custom numbering:
6382 \begin_layout Enumerate
6383 \begin_inset Argument
6386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6412 \begin_layout Enumerate
6413 \begin_inset Argument
6416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6439 \begin_layout Enumerate
6444 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_inset Argument
6448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6472 \begin_layout Enumerate
6473 \begin_inset Argument
6476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6502 \begin_layout Standard
6503 For this list these commands were used:
6506 \begin_layout Standard
6517 \begin_inset Newline newline
6525 \begin_inset Newline newline
6533 \begin_inset Newline newline
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6550 makes the label emphasized and
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6560 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6568 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6569 lists until you change the definition.
6577 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6579 \begin_inset Index idx
6582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6583 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6595 \begin_layout Enumerate
6596 \begin_inset Argument
6599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6618 \begin_inset Note Note
6621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6622 goes back to default numbering
6630 \begin_layout Enumerate
6634 \begin_layout Standard
6638 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6642 \begin_layout Standard
6643 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6648 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6649 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6661 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6669 \begin_layout Standard
6670 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6672 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6673 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6674 of a normal enumeration.
6675 There, insert the command
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6689 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6693 \begin_layout Enumerate
6697 \begin_layout Enumerate
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6705 \begin_layout Enumerate
6706 \begin_inset Argument
6709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6725 This enumeration starts at 4
6728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6730 \begin_inset Index idx
6733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6743 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6745 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6748 \begin_layout Itemize
6752 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 with standard spacing
6756 \begin_layout Standard
6757 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6759 Add there the command
6763 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6766 \begin_layout Itemize
6767 \begin_inset Argument
6770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6789 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6804 \begin_inset Index idx
6807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6808 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6814 For more info see its documentation,
6815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6827 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6828 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6832 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6835 \begin_layout Enumerate
6836 \begin_inset Argument
6839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6847 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6860 \begin_layout Enumerate
6861 with negative indentation
6864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6865 Further Customization
6866 \begin_inset Index idx
6869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6870 Lists ! Customization
6878 \begin_layout Standard
6879 You can also change the style of description lists.
6883 \begin_layout Standard
6889 \begin_layout Standard
6890 changes the description label font, the command
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 sets the list style.
6903 \begin_layout Standard
6904 An example where the command
6907 \begin_layout Standard
6912 itshape, style=nextline
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6919 \begin_layout Description
6921 \begin_inset space ~
6925 \begin_inset Argument
6928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6934 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6936 itshape, style=nextline
6946 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6947 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6951 \begin_layout Description
6953 \begin_inset space ~
6956 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6957 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6958 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6968 \begin_inset Index idx
6971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6972 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6978 For more info see its documentation,
6979 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6988 \begin_layout Subsection
6990 \begin_inset Index idx
6993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7010 \begin_inset space ~
7018 \begin_layout Standard
7019 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7027 \begin_inset space ~
7033 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7034 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7035 In contrast, you can use the
7042 \begin_inset space ~
7047 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7048 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 Of course, you're not limited to using
7060 \begin_inset space ~
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7074 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7075 some European academic papers.
7078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7082 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7089 \begin_layout Standard
7094 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7095 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7099 \begin_inset space ~
7104 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7105 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7106 Here's an example of each:
7109 \begin_layout Right Address
7111 \begin_inset Newline newline
7115 \begin_inset Newline newline
7119 \begin_inset Newline newline
7122 When is it? What is today?
7125 \begin_layout Standard
7129 \begin_inset space ~
7135 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7136 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7137 Here's an example of the
7144 \begin_layout Address
7146 \begin_inset Newline newline
7149 Where do I send this
7150 \begin_inset Newline newline
7153 Your post office and country
7156 \begin_layout Standard
7157 As you can see, both
7164 \begin_inset space ~
7169 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7174 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7180 This makes sense, since
7188 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7189 Thus, you have to use
7196 arg "newline-insert newline"
7202 \begin_inset space ~
7205 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7207 \begin_inset space ~
7216 menu) to start a new line in an
7223 \begin_inset space ~
7231 \begin_layout Subsection
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7236 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7237 or list of references.
7238 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7245 \begin_inset Index idx
7248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7257 \begin_layout Standard
7262 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7263 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7264 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7265 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7269 in anything else or vice versa.
7275 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7276 The book document classes ignores the
7280 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7284 in a letter document class.
7287 \begin_layout Standard
7292 environment does several things for you.
7293 First, it puts the centered label
7294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7302 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7304 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7305 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7306 the subsequent text.
7307 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7308 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7311 \begin_layout Standard
7312 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7316 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7317 The new paragraph will still be in the
7322 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7323 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7326 \begin_layout Standard
7327 \begin_inset Float figure
7332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7334 \begin_inset Graphics
7335 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7343 \begin_inset Caption
7345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7348 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7369 \begin_layout Standard
7370 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7374 environment, but since this document is in the
7375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7382 class, we can't do this.
7383 We inserted it therefore as figure
7384 \begin_inset space ~
7388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7390 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7395 If you've never heard of an
7396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7403 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7412 \begin_inset Index idx
7415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7424 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7436 environment is used to list references.
7437 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7438 only use it at the end of the document.
7443 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7446 \begin_layout Standard
7447 When you first open a
7451 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7467 depending on the document class.
7468 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7469 Each paragraph of the
7473 environment is a bibliography entry.
7478 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7479 Each new paragraph is still in the
7486 \begin_layout Standard
7487 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7488 by using a BibTeX database.
7489 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7490 phy handling, have a look at section
7491 \begin_inset space ~
7495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7497 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7504 \begin_layout Subsection
7508 \begin_inset Index idx
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7512 Paragraph ! LyX code
7518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7527 \begin_layout Standard
7532 environment is another LyX extension.
7533 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7538 key as a fixed whitespace;
7542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7554 \begin_inset space ~
7559 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7564 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7565 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7568 arg "newline-insert newline"
7585 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7586 So, when you finish using the
7590 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7591 Also, you can nest the
7595 environment inside of others.
7598 \begin_layout Standard
7599 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7602 \begin_layout Itemize
7606 arg "newline-insert newline"
7609 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7614 \begin_inset space \space{}
7624 arg "newline-insert newline"
7630 \begin_layout Itemize
7634 arg "newline-insert newline"
7645 \begin_layout Itemize
7650 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7657 \begin_layout Itemize
7661 arg "space-insert protected"
7668 \begin_layout Itemize
7669 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7670 You must put at least one
7674 in any line you want blank.
7675 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7678 \begin_layout Itemize
7679 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7683 since that will insert
7688 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7691 arg "self-insert \""
7697 \begin_layout Standard
7701 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7718 printf("Hello World!
7723 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7727 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 This is just the standard
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7749 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7750 rc-files, and so on.
7751 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7752 as if you used a typewriter.
7753 \begin_inset Index idx
7756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7757 Paragraph environments|)
7762 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7765 Program Code Listings
7770 \begin_inset space ~
7778 \begin_layout Section
7779 Nesting Environments
7780 \begin_inset Index idx
7783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7784 Nesting ! Environments
7790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7799 \begin_layout Subsection
7803 \begin_layout Standard
7804 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7806 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7808 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7810 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7822 \begin_layout Enumerate
7826 \begin_layout Enumerate
7831 \begin_layout Enumerate
7835 \begin_layout Enumerate
7840 \begin_layout Enumerate
7844 \begin_layout Standard
7845 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7846 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7849 \begin_inset space ~
7853 \begin_inset space ~
7861 \begin_inset space ~
7865 \begin_inset space ~
7874 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7875 will tell you how far you are nested).
7876 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7879 arg "depth-increment"
7885 arg "depth-decrement"
7888 or the convenient key bindings
7899 arg "depth-increment"
7905 arg "depth-decrement"
7908 to change the nesting level.
7909 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7910 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7915 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7916 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7917 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7918 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7922 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7923 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7925 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7928 \begin_layout Subsection
7929 What You Can and Can't Nest
7932 \begin_layout Standard
7933 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7934 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7937 \begin_layout Standard
7938 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7939 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7940 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7943 \begin_layout Itemize
7944 Completely unnestable
7947 \begin_layout Itemize
7948 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7952 \begin_layout Itemize
7953 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7957 \begin_layout Standard
7958 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7959 environments have them:
7962 \begin_layout Description
7963 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7964 Can't nest into them.
7968 \begin_layout Itemize
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 \begin_layout Description
8001 \begin_inset space ~
8004 Nestable You can nest them.
8005 You can nest other things into them.
8009 \begin_layout Itemize
8015 \begin_layout Itemize
8021 \begin_layout Itemize
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Description
8059 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8060 You can't nest anything into them.
8064 \begin_layout Itemize
8070 \begin_layout Itemize
8076 \begin_layout Itemize
8082 \begin_layout Itemize
8088 \begin_layout Itemize
8094 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8118 \begin_layout Itemize
8124 \begin_layout Itemize
8130 \begin_layout Itemize
8136 \begin_layout Itemize
8142 \begin_layout Itemize
8146 \begin_inset space ~
8152 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Standard
8160 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8168 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8177 \begin_inset space ~
8181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8185 \begin_inset space \space{}
8188 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8189 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8190 section headings violate this.
8198 \begin_layout Subsection
8199 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8200 \begin_inset Index idx
8203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8204 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8212 \begin_layout Standard
8213 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8214 affected by nesting anyhow.
8218 \begin_layout Itemize
8222 \begin_layout Itemize
8226 \begin_layout Itemize
8230 \begin_layout Standard
8232 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8240 Figures and tables in
8244 are not affected by this.
8249 Have a look at section
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8256 reference "sec:Floats"
8260 for more information about
8267 \begin_layout Standard
8268 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8269 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8273 \begin_layout Standard
8274 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8282 of its own, it behaves just like a
8283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8290 paragraph environment.
8291 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8295 \begin_layout Standard
8296 Here's an example with a table:
8299 \begin_layout Enumerate
8304 \begin_layout Enumerate
8305 This is (a) and it's nested.
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8316 \begin_layout Standard
8318 \begin_inset Tabular
8319 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8320 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8406 \begin_layout Standard
8407 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8414 \begin_layout Enumerate
8416 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8420 \begin_layout Enumerate
8424 \begin_layout Standard
8425 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8428 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 \begin_layout Enumerate
8434 This is (a) and it's nested.
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8439 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8445 \begin_layout Standard
8447 \begin_inset Tabular
8448 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8449 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8535 \begin_layout Standard
8536 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8549 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8552 \begin_layout Enumerate
8556 \begin_layout Standard
8557 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8561 \begin_layout Standard
8562 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8564 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8567 \begin_layout Enumerate
8572 \begin_layout Enumerate
8573 This is (a) and it's nested.
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8577 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8583 \begin_layout Standard
8585 \begin_inset Tabular
8586 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8587 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8675 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8681 \begin_layout Enumerate
8683 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8690 \begin_layout Enumerate
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8695 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8701 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8702 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8706 \begin_layout Subsection
8707 Usage and General Features
8710 \begin_layout Standard
8711 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8720 is the innermost possible depth.
8721 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8724 \begin_layout Enumerate
8725 level #1 – outermost
8729 \begin_layout Enumerate
8734 \begin_layout Enumerate
8739 \begin_layout Enumerate
8744 \begin_layout Itemize
8749 \begin_layout Itemize
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8759 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8760 both of them in the example.
8761 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8771 For example, if we tried to nest another
8776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8783 , we would get errors.
8786 \begin_layout Subsection
8788 \begin_inset Index idx
8791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8802 We have several examples of nested environments.
8803 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8808 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8811 \begin_layout Labeling
8812 \labelwidthstring MMM
8813 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8822 \begin_layout Labeling
8823 \labelwidthstring MMM
8824 #2-a This is level #2.
8825 We created it by using
8828 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8834 arg "depth-increment"
8841 \begin_layout Labeling
8842 \labelwidthstring MMM
8843 #3-a This is level #3.
8844 This time, we just hit
8851 arg "depth-increment"
8855 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8865 arg "depth-increment"
8872 \begin_layout Standard
8877 environment, nested inside of
8878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8886 So, it's at level #4.
8887 We did this by hitting
8890 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8896 arg "depth-increment"
8899 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8904 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8920 \begin_layout Standard
8925 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8928 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8934 \begin_layout Labeling
8935 \labelwidthstring MMM
8936 #4-a This is level #4.
8940 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8943 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8948 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8952 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8957 keep nesting things inside
8958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8969 \begin_layout Labeling
8970 \labelwidthstring MMM
8971 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8976 \begin_layout Labeling
8977 \labelwidthstring MMM
8978 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8979 and this is level #6.
8980 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8984 \begin_layout Labeling
8985 \labelwidthstring MMM
8986 #5-b Back to level #5.
8990 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8996 arg "depth-decrement"
9003 \begin_layout Labeling
9004 \labelwidthstring MMM
9008 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9014 arg "depth-decrement"
9017 , we're back at level #4.
9021 \begin_layout Labeling
9022 \labelwidthstring MMM
9023 #3-b Back to level #3.
9024 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9028 \begin_layout Labeling
9029 \labelwidthstring MMM
9030 #2-b Back to level #2.
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9037 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9038 After this sentence, we will hit
9042 and change the paragraph environment back to
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 We could have also used the
9066 environment in place of the
9071 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9075 Example 2: Inheritance
9078 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9079 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9082 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9091 arg "depth-increment"
9094 , after which, we will change to the
9102 \begin_layout Enumerate
9107 environment, at level #2.
9110 \begin_layout Enumerate
9111 Notice how the nested
9115 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9119 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9123 \begin_layout Standard
9124 We ended this example by hitting
9129 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9133 and reset the nesting depth by using
9136 arg "depth-decrement"
9142 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9143 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9152 \begin_inset Argument
9155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9156 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9164 \begin_layout Enumerate
9165 This is level #1, in an
9169 paragraph environment.
9170 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9174 \begin_layout Enumerate
9179 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9185 arg "depth-increment"
9189 Now, what happens if we nest an
9193 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9194 label be? An asterisk?
9198 \begin_layout Itemize
9208 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9209 So, its label is a bullet.
9210 (We got here by using
9213 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9219 arg "depth-increment"
9222 , then changing the environment to
9230 \begin_layout Itemize
9231 Here's level #4, produced using
9234 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9240 arg "depth-increment"
9244 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9249 \begin_layout Enumerate
9250 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9252 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9257 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9261 , because we are in the
9270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9289 \begin_layout Enumerate
9294 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9295 type of numbering does LyX use?
9298 \begin_layout Enumerate
9299 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9302 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9305 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9308 \begin_layout Enumerate
9312 arg "depth-decrement"
9315 to decrease the depth after the next
9318 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9325 \begin_layout Enumerate
9327 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9331 \begin_layout Enumerate
9333 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9334 numeral as the label.Why?
9337 \begin_layout Enumerate
9338 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9347 Notice, however, that LyX
9351 reset the counter for the label.
9355 \begin_layout Enumerate
9359 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9365 arg "depth-decrement"
9368 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9369 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9370 into the twofold-nested
9378 \begin_layout Enumerate
9379 The same thing happens if we do another
9382 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9388 arg "depth-decrement"
9391 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9394 \begin_layout Standard
9395 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9400 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9414 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9420 The same rule applies for the
9424 environment, as well.
9427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9428 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9431 \begin_layout Enumerate
9432 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9433 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9434 the same detail with how we did it.
9443 \begin_layout Standard
9451 arg "depth-increment"
9458 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9459 the example in parentheses someplace.
9460 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9461 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9462 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9466 \begin_layout Enumerate
9471 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9476 Now we will add verse.
9477 \begin_inset Newline newline
9480 It will get much worse.
9481 \begin_inset Newline newline
9491 arg "depth-increment"
9502 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9503 \begin_inset Newline newline
9506 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9507 \begin_inset Newline newline
9513 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9526 \begin_layout Standard
9527 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9533 \begin_layout Standard
9535 \begin_inset Tabular
9536 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9537 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9628 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9638 arg "depth-increment"
9644 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9654 arg "depth-decrement"
9661 \begin_layout Enumerate
9666 : level #1) This is another item.
9667 Note that selecting a
9671 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9672 3 times to put the table inside the
9680 \begin_layout Quotation
9681 We're now ending the
9685 list and changing to
9690 We're still at level #1.
9691 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9692 The next set of paragraphs is a
9693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9700 We will nest both the
9707 \begin_inset space ~
9712 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9716 for the letter body.
9720 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9723 to preserve the depth.
9724 Remember that you need to use
9727 arg "newline-insert newline"
9730 to create multiple lines inside the
9737 \begin_inset space ~
9747 \begin_layout Right Address
9749 \begin_inset Newline newline
9752 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9753 \begin_inset Newline newline
9759 \begin_layout Address
9761 \begin_inset space ~
9767 \begin_layout Quotation
9768 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9772 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9773 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9774 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9775 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9776 as soon as possible.
9777 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9780 \begin_layout Quotation
9781 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9782 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9783 with your order, along with payment.
9786 \begin_layout Quotation
9787 We thank you again for your patience.
9790 \begin_layout Address
9792 \begin_inset Newline newline
9799 \begin_layout Quotation
9800 That ends that example!
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9804 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9805 just a few keystrokes.
9806 We could have easily nested an
9827 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9830 \begin_layout Section
9831 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9832 \begin_inset Index idx
9835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9844 \begin_layout Standard
9845 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9846 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9847 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9848 be broken at the end of a line.
9849 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9853 \begin_layout Subsection
9855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9857 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9862 \begin_inset Index idx
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9875 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9877 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9881 Further documentation is given in section
9882 \begin_inset Newline newline
9886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9888 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9896 \begin_layout Standard
9897 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9912 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9921 A protected space is set with
9923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9924 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9928 \begin_inset space ~
9938 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9944 \begin_layout Subsection
9946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9948 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9953 \begin_inset Index idx
9956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9957 Spacing ! Horizontal
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9966 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9973 The length units are listed in Appendix
9974 \begin_inset space ~
9978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9980 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
9987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9991 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9996 \begin_inset Index idx
9999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10000 Spaces ! Inter-word
10008 \begin_layout Standard
10010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10014 \begin_inset space \space{}
10017 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10018 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10019 \begin_inset space ~
10023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10025 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10030 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10031 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10034 arg "space-insert normal"
10040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10044 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10049 \begin_inset Index idx
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10061 \begin_layout Standard
10063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10070 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10079 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10080 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10081 inside abbreviations:
10084 \begin_layout Quote
10086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10090 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10094 or between values and units.
10095 Compare for example this:
10096 \begin_inset Newline newline
10100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10104 \begin_inset Newline newline
10107 10 kg (normal space
10110 \begin_layout Standard
10111 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10114 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10116 \begin_inset space ~
10124 arg "space-insert thin"
10130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10138 \begin_layout Description
10140 \begin_inset space ~
10144 \begin_inset space ~
10147 space A line with a
10148 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10152 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10156 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10159 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10162 \begin_layout Description
10164 \begin_inset space ~
10168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10172 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10176 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10180 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10184 \begin_inset space ~
10188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10191 em) space between the arrows.
10194 \begin_layout Description
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10204 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10208 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10212 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10216 \begin_inset space ~
10220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10223 em) space between the arrows.
10226 \begin_layout Description
10228 \begin_inset space ~
10232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10236 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10240 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10244 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10248 \begin_inset space ~
10252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10255 em) space between the arrows.
10258 \begin_layout Description
10260 \begin_inset space ~
10264 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10268 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10273 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10280 cm space between the arrows.
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10291 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10295 lists the different space sizes.
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10299 \begin_inset Float table
10304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10306 \begin_inset Caption
10308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10311 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10315 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10325 \begin_inset Tabular
10326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10327 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10552 \begin_inset Index idx
10555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10564 \begin_layout Standard
10565 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10566 in a uniform fashion.
10567 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10568 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10569 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10570 equally between themselves.
10573 \begin_layout Standard
10574 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10577 \begin_layout Quote
10579 This is on the left side
10580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10583 This is on the right
10586 \begin_layout Quote
10589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10593 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10599 \begin_layout Quote
10602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10606 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10610 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 That was an example in the
10623 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10634 is one in a standard paragraph.
10635 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10639 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10642 \begin_layout Standard
10643 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10646 \begin_inset space ~
10651 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10654 \begin_layout Standard
10656 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10660 \begin_inset space ~
10666 \begin_layout Standard
10668 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10672 \begin_inset space ~
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10680 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10692 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10696 \begin_inset space ~
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10704 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10708 \begin_inset space ~
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10727 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10735 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10739 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10740 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10741 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10745 option in the space dialog.
10753 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10757 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10762 \begin_inset Index idx
10765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10775 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10781 \begin_inset space \space{}
10784 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10787 \begin_layout Standard
10788 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10791 What is correct English?:
10792 \begin_inset Newline newline
10796 \begin_inset Newline newline
10800 \begin_inset space ~
10803 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10804 \begin_inset Newline newline
10808 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10819 \begin_inset Newline newline
10823 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10834 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10841 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10846 \begin_inset space ~
10850 \begin_inset space ~
10854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10858 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10861 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10865 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10871 \begin_inset space ~
10875 \begin_inset space ~
10879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10882 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10891 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10892 That is why it is named
10893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10901 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10902 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10906 \begin_layout Subsection
10908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10910 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10915 \begin_inset Index idx
10918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10927 \begin_layout Standard
10928 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10931 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10933 \begin_inset space ~
10939 There you find the following sizes:
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10955 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10960 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10966 \begin_inset Index idx
10969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10970 Document ! Settings
10975 for the paragraph separation.
10976 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10987 \begin_layout Standard
10993 \begin_inset Index idx
10996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11002 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11003 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11005 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11006 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11015 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11024 s are described in section
11025 \begin_inset space ~
11029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11031 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11040 If there are several
11044 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11045 You can therefore use
11049 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11052 \begin_layout Standard
11057 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11058 \begin_inset space ~
11062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11064 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11071 \begin_layout Standard
11072 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11082 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11083 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11095 \begin_layout Subsection
11096 Paragraph Alignment
11097 \begin_inset Index idx
11100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11101 Paragraph ! Alignment
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11110 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11112 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11115 dialog (toolbar button
11118 arg "layout-paragraph"
11122 There are five possibilities:
11125 \begin_layout Itemize
11133 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11147 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11153 \begin_layout Itemize
11161 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11167 \begin_layout Itemize
11175 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11181 \begin_layout Itemize
11189 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11197 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11198 the left and right margins.
11199 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11204 This paragraph is right aligned,
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11209 this one is centered,
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11214 this one is left aligned.
11217 \begin_layout Subsection
11219 \begin_inset Index idx
11222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11223 Page breaks ! Forced
11229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11231 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11240 can force a page break where you want one.
11241 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11242 Only if you use a lot of
11246 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11249 \begin_layout Standard
11250 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11251 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11255 have to change the page breaking.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11261 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11264 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11272 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11275 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 \begin_inset space ~
11282 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11284 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11285 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11290 at the top of a page.
11291 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11292 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11293 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11294 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11298 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11302 to learn more about
11309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11313 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11318 \begin_inset Index idx
11321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 Page breaks ! Clear
11330 \begin_layout Standard
11331 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11332 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11333 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11334 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11335 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11350 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11355 \begin_inset space ~
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11364 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11365 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11368 \begin_layout Subsection
11370 \begin_inset Index idx
11373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11382 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11392 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11397 \begin_inset space ~
11401 \begin_inset space ~
11409 arg "newline-insert newline"
11413 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11416 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_inset space ~
11427 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11429 This is useful to avoid
11430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11442 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11443 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11444 set a line break, e.
11445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11449 \begin_inset space \space{}
11452 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11459 reference "sec:Quote"
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11466 reference "sec:Verse"
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11473 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11480 \begin_layout Subsection
11482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11484 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11489 \begin_inset Index idx
11492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11501 \begin_layout Standard
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11514 \begin_layout Standard
11518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11519 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11521 \begin_inset space ~
11526 you can insert horizontal lines.
11527 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11528 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11529 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11532 \begin_layout Standard
11534 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11545 \begin_layout Section
11546 Characters and Symbols
11549 \begin_layout Standard
11550 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11551 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11556 \begin_inset space \space{}
11559 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11567 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11571 for information on how this is done.
11574 \begin_layout Standard
11575 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11580 dialog via the menu
11582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11583 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11589 \begin_layout Standard
11590 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11598 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11599 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11600 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11608 \begin_layout Section
11609 Fonts and Text Styles
11610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11612 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11619 \begin_layout Subsection
11621 \begin_inset Index idx
11624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11633 \begin_layout Standard
11634 There are two types of fonts:
11637 \begin_layout Description
11639 \begin_inset space ~
11643 \begin_inset Index idx
11646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11652 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11657 characters) in the font.
11658 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11659 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11660 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11661 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11662 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11663 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11664 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11665 \begin_inset Newline newline
11668 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11669 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11670 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11671 sizes than at small ones.
11672 \begin_inset Newline newline
11686 \begin_inset space ~
11694 \begin_layout Description
11696 \begin_inset space ~
11700 \begin_inset Index idx
11703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11709 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11710 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11711 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11712 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11713 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11714 picture manipulation program.
11715 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11716 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11717 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11718 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11719 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11721 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11722 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11723 \begin_inset Newline newline
11726 Bitmap fonts are named
11729 \begin_inset space ~
11734 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11739 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11740 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11741 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11742 use scalable fonts.
11745 \begin_layout Standard
11746 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11747 its document properties.
11750 \begin_layout Standard
11751 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11752 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11753 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11754 font to emphasize text, you use an
11755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11763 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11764 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11768 \begin_layout Subsection
11770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11772 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11779 \begin_layout Standard
11780 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11781 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11782 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11784 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11785 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11786 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11787 to usual word processors.
11788 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11789 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11790 across different machines.
11791 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11792 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11794 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11796 \begin_inset space ~
11800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11802 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11807 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11808 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11812 \begin_layout Standard
11813 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11814 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11816 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11817 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11818 that is installed on your system.
11819 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11822 \begin_layout Standard
11823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11831 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11832 es; so you might have to experiment.
11840 \begin_layout Standard
11841 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11849 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11850 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11858 \begin_layout Subsection
11859 Document Font and Font size
11860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11862 name "sub:Document-Font"
11867 \begin_inset Index idx
11870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11877 \begin_inset Index idx
11880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11889 \begin_layout Standard
11890 You can set the document fonts in the
11892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11896 \begin_inset Index idx
11899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11900 Document ! Settings
11910 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11911 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11914 \begin_inset space ~
11923 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11924 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11928 \begin_layout Standard
11935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11944 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11945 This requires that you use
11951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11990 as the output format, i.
11991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11995 \begin_inset space \space{}
11998 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11999 \begin_inset space ~
12003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12005 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12010 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12011 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12013 \begin_inset space ~
12016 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12017 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12018 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12020 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12023 \begin_layout Standard
12024 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12029 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12034 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12035 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12042 \begin_inset space ~
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 European Computer Modern
12064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12083 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12084 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12089 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12097 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12103 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12104 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12107 \begin_layout Itemize
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12116 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12129 \begin_inset space ~
12134 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12138 as the default font.
12139 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12140 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12157 One difference is improved kerning.
12165 \begin_layout Itemize
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12173 \begin_inset space ~
12178 fonts in (the rare) case that
12181 \begin_inset space ~
12186 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12201 Virtual means that it
12202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12213 -glyphs from other fonts.
12214 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12236 Loading the LaTeX-package
12241 \begin_inset Index idx
12244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12245 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12250 with the document preamble line
12251 \begin_inset Newline newline
12258 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12259 \begin_inset Newline newline
12264 will fix the guillemet problem.
12269 and that accented characters are not
12273 glyph, but built of
12277 characters, the accent and the letter.
12278 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12284 If you search for example for the French word
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 and not for the glyph
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset space ~
12310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 \begin_layout Itemize
12317 If you do not like the look of
12325 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12330 \begin_inset space ~
12336 \begin_inset space ~
12346 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12350 serif and typewriter fonts,
12354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12355 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12362 \begin_inset space ~
12371 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12376 \begin_inset space \space{}
12384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12388 \begin_inset space \space{}
12394 \begin_inset space ~
12402 \begin_inset space ~
12412 but you can also select your own.
12413 \begin_inset Newline newline
12416 The differences between roman,
12419 \begin_inset space ~
12428 fonts are explained in section
12429 \begin_inset space ~
12433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12435 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12440 \begin_inset Newline newline
12446 \begin_inset space ~
12451 was originally designed for newspapers.
12452 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12453 into the small newspaper columns.
12457 \begin_inset space ~
12462 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12466 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12479 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12484 depends on the class you are using.
12485 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 Note that the font size is the
12494 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12495 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12496 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12505 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12512 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12524 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12526 \begin_inset space ~
12529 serif or typewriter.
12534 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12544 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12565 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12571 \begin_inset Index idx
12574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12575 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12581 \begin_inset space ~
12585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12587 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12592 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12593 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12603 Use Old Style Figures
12607 Use True Small Caps
12610 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12613 Use Old Style Figures
12615 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12617 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12625 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12629 Use True Small Caps
12631 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12632 of scaled capitals.
12633 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12634 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12637 \begin_layout Standard
12642 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12643 a font to display the script characters.
12647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12648 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12653 \begin_inset Index idx
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12657 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12662 So this has no effect for the document language
12678 \begin_layout Standard
12679 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12695 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12696 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12697 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12702 dialog, see section
12703 \begin_inset space ~
12707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12709 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12721 \begin_layout Subsection
12722 Using Different Character Styles
12723 \begin_inset Index idx
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12733 \begin_inset Index idx
12736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12745 \begin_layout Standard
12746 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12747 certain paragraph environments.
12748 LyX supports two character styles,
12757 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12761 \begin_layout Standard
12766 style, do one of the following:
12769 \begin_layout Itemize
12770 click on the toolbar button
12779 \begin_layout Itemize
12780 use the key binding
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 These commands are all toggles.
12795 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 One typically uses the
12803 style for proper names.
12805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12812 is the original author of LyX.
12813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12820 A more widely used character style is the
12825 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12832 \begin_layout Itemize
12833 clicking on the toolbar button
12842 \begin_layout Itemize
12843 using the keybindings
12852 \begin_layout Standard
12857 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12858 es use a different font.
12861 \begin_layout Standard
12862 We've been using the
12866 style all over the place in this document.
12867 Here's one more example:
12870 \begin_layout Quotation
12873 Do not overuse character styles!
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12878 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12879 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12880 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12884 \begin_layout Standard
12885 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12893 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12895 \begin_inset space ~
12903 \begin_layout Subsection
12904 Fine-Tuning with the
12909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12911 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12916 \begin_inset Index idx
12919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12928 \begin_layout Standard
12929 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12930 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12931 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12932 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12933 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12934 from ordinary dialog.
12937 \begin_layout Standard
12938 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12939 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12940 \begin_inset Newline newline
12943 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12944 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12947 \begin_layout Standard
12948 To use custom character styles, open the
12950 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12952 \begin_inset space ~
12955 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12958 dialog or press the toolbar button
12961 arg "dialog-show character"
12965 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12966 font property that you can choose.
12967 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12970 \begin_inset space ~
12975 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12980 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12981 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12982 environments in a snap.
12985 \begin_layout Standard
12986 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12989 \begin_inset space ~
13001 \begin_layout Labeling
13002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13016 The possible options are:
13020 \begin_layout Labeling
13021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13026 This is the Roman font family.
13027 Normally a serif font.
13028 It's also the default family.
13038 \begin_layout Labeling
13039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13043 \begin_inset space ~
13050 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13062 \begin_layout Labeling
13063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13070 This is the Typewriter font family.
13076 arg "font-typewriter"
13085 \begin_layout Labeling
13086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13091 This corresponds to the print weight.
13096 \begin_layout Labeling
13097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13102 This is the Medium font series.
13103 It's also the default series.
13106 \begin_layout Labeling
13107 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13114 This is the Bold font series.
13127 \begin_layout Labeling
13128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13133 As the name implies.
13138 \begin_layout Labeling
13139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13144 This is the Upright font shape.
13145 It's also the default shape.
13148 \begin_layout Labeling
13149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13163 s the Italic font shape
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13177 This is the Slanted font shape
13179 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13182 \begin_layout Labeling
13183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 \begin_inset space ~
13194 This is the Small caps font shape
13201 \begin_layout Labeling
13202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13207 Alters the size of the font.
13208 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13209 proportional to the document font size.
13210 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13211 what you want to do.
13216 \begin_layout Labeling
13217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13238 arg "font-size tiny"
13244 \begin_layout Labeling
13245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13266 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13272 \begin_layout Labeling
13273 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13294 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13300 \begin_layout Labeling
13301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13322 arg "font-size small"
13328 \begin_layout Labeling
13329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13343 It's also the default size.
13347 arg "font-size normal"
13353 \begin_layout Labeling
13354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13375 arg "font-size large"
13381 \begin_layout Labeling
13382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13403 arg "font-size larger"
13409 \begin_layout Labeling
13410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13431 arg "font-size largest"
13437 \begin_layout Labeling
13438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13459 arg "font-size huge"
13465 \begin_layout Labeling
13466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 arg "font-size giant"
13493 \begin_layout Labeling
13494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13499 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13519 arg "font-size increase"
13525 \begin_layout Labeling
13526 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13531 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 arg "font-size decrease"
13558 \begin_layout Standard
13563 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13564 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13565 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13566 — use those instead.
13567 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13570 \begin_layout Labeling
13571 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13576 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13581 \begin_layout Labeling
13582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13589 This is text with emphasize on
13592 This might seem like the same as
13596 , but it is actually a bit different.
13602 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13604 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13607 \begin_layout Labeling
13608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13615 This is text with Underbar on.
13621 arg "font-underline"
13627 \begin_inset Newline newline
13632 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13633 when you could not change fonts.
13634 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13635 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13639 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13642 \begin_layout Labeling
13643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13647 \begin_inset space ~
13654 This is text with Double underbar on.
13660 arg "font-underunderline"
13664 \begin_inset Newline newline
13667 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13668 about double underbar.
13671 \begin_layout Labeling
13672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13683 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13689 arg "font-underwave"
13693 \begin_inset Newline newline
13696 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13697 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13700 \begin_layout Labeling
13701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13708 This is text with Strikeout on.
13714 arg "font-strikeout"
13718 \begin_inset Newline newline
13721 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13722 changed in the meantime.
13725 \begin_layout Labeling
13726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13733 This is text with Noun on.
13740 , this is a logical attribute.
13741 Normally it's equivalent to
13744 \begin_inset space ~
13753 \begin_layout Labeling
13754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13759 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13760 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13764 \begin_inset space ~
13769 , which is the default
13770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13777 and means normally black, you can choose between
13810 \begin_inset Index idx
13813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13822 \begin_layout Labeling
13823 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13828 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13829 the language of the document.
13830 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13832 \begin_inset Newline newline
13835 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13836 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13837 When using the spell checking (see section
13838 \begin_inset space ~
13842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13844 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13848 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13851 \begin_layout Standard
13852 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13853 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13857 \begin_inset space ~
13862 dialog, the settings are saved.
13863 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13866 arg "textstyle-apply"
13870 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13882 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13883 (suppose you just set the shape to
13884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13914 \begin_layout Standard
13915 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13923 \begin_inset space ~
13935 \begin_layout Itemize
13941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13948 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13966 \begin_inset Newline newline
13970 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13984 \begin_inset Note Note
13987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13988 For more on phantoms see section
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13995 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14005 \begin_inset Newline newline
14011 \begin_layout Itemize
14016 fonts use characters with serifs.
14017 These are the small
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14025 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14026 The following example shows the difference:
14027 \begin_inset Newline newline
14031 \begin_inset Newline newline
14036 text without serifs
14039 \begin_inset Newline newline
14042 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14043 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14050 \begin_layout Itemize
14055 is not recommended to use a base type.
14056 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14057 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14060 \begin_layout Standard
14061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14068 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14069 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14070 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14072 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14073 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14074 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14092 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14093 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14101 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14105 \begin_inset space ~
14110 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14126 \begin_inset space \space{}
14130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14148 \begin_inset space ~
14153 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14166 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14167 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14170 \begin_layout Section
14171 Printing and Previewing
14174 \begin_layout Subsection
14178 \begin_layout Standard
14179 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14180 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14181 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14182 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14183 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14185 Additional Features
14190 \begin_layout Standard
14191 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14192 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14193 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14194 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14195 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14196 This happens in two stages:
14199 \begin_layout Enumerate
14200 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14201 generating a file with the extension,
14202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14216 \begin_layout Enumerate
14217 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14221 file to produce printable output.
14225 \begin_layout Subsection
14226 Output file formats
14227 \begin_inset Index idx
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14239 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14247 Simple text (ASCII)
14248 \begin_inset Index idx
14251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14252 File formats ! ASCII
14260 \begin_layout Standard
14261 This file type has the extension
14262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14274 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14278 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14285 \begin_layout Standard
14286 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14288 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14289 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14291 \begin_inset space ~
14298 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14299 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14301 \begin_inset space ~
14305 \begin_inset space ~
14311 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14317 \begin_inset Index idx
14320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14321 File formats ! LaTeX
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 This file type has the extension
14331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14342 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14344 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14345 it manually with console commands.
14346 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14347 you view or export your document.
14350 \begin_layout Standard
14351 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14353 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14354 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14369 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14370 \begin_inset space ~
14374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14376 reference "sub:Export"
14383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14385 \begin_inset Index idx
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14398 This file type has the extension
14399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14419 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14420 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14421 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14425 \begin_layout Standard
14426 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14427 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14428 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14429 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14430 when you view the DVI.
14431 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14437 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14438 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14443 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14444 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14446 \begin_inset space ~
14453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14463 The latter option uses the program
14472 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14473 font access (see section
14474 \begin_inset space ~
14478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14480 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14485 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14486 standard TeX processor.
14489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14491 \begin_inset Index idx
14494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14495 File formats ! PostScript
14503 \begin_layout Standard
14504 This file type has the extension
14505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14517 PostScript was developed by the company
14521 as a printer language.
14522 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14524 PostScript can be seen as a
14525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14528 programming language
14529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14537 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14543 \begin_inset Index idx
14546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14557 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14561 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14565 Encapsulated PostScript
14566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14569 (EPS, file extension
14570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14582 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14583 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14589 \begin_inset space \space{}
14593 \begin_inset space ~
14596 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14597 \begin_inset space ~
14600 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14601 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14602 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14603 EPS to avoid this problem.
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14607 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14609 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14610 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14616 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14618 \begin_inset Index idx
14621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14628 \begin_inset Index idx
14631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 This file type has the extension
14642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 Portable Document Format
14659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14666 was derived from PostScript.
14667 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14676 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14677 looks exactly the same.
14680 \begin_layout Standard
14681 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14685 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14689 (JPG, file extension
14690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 Portable Network Graphics
14718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14721 (PNG, file extension
14722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14734 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14735 background to one of these formats.
14736 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14737 will slow down your workflow.
14738 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14741 \begin_layout Standard
14742 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14744 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14750 \begin_layout Description
14752 \begin_inset space ~
14755 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14759 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14760 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14764 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14765 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14768 \begin_layout Description
14770 \begin_inset space ~
14773 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14777 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14781 \begin_layout Description
14783 \begin_inset space ~
14786 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14790 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14793 \begin_layout Description
14795 \begin_inset space ~
14802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14809 X) This uses the program
14813 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14818 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14819 font access (see section
14820 \begin_inset space ~
14824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14826 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14831 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14832 y written Japanese.
14835 \begin_layout Description
14837 \begin_inset space ~
14844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14851 X) This uses the program
14855 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14860 is an even newer engine, derived from
14864 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14865 access (see section
14866 \begin_inset space ~
14870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14872 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14877 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14878 standard TeX processor.
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14885 \begin_inset space ~
14894 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14895 works without problems.
14896 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14897 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14901 \begin_inset space ~
14908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14920 \begin_inset space ~
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14936 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14946 \begin_inset Index idx
14949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14950 FileFormats ! XHTML
14956 \begin_inset Index idx
14959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14968 \begin_layout Standard
14969 This file type has the extension
14970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14982 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14983 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
14984 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14985 suitable for the purpose.
14986 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14989 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14992 between different formats, which are described in section
14994 Math Output in XHTML
14999 \begin_inset space ~
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 XHTML output remains
15009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15016 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15019 LyX and the World Wide Web
15023 Additional Features
15025 manual, for more information.
15028 \begin_layout Standard
15029 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15031 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15038 \begin_layout Subsection
15040 \begin_inset Index idx
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15052 \begin_layout Standard
15053 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15054 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15063 or use the toolbar button
15070 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15071 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15078 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15082 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15090 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15095 Further output formats can be selected via
15097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15100 or the toolbar button
15101 \begin_inset Graphics
15102 filename ../images/view-others.png
15104 groupId toolbarbuttons
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15112 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15113 viewer window using the menu
15115 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15120 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15121 Update (Other Formats)
15126 \begin_layout Standard
15127 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15129 To have a real output, export your document.
15132 \begin_layout Subsection
15133 Printing the File from within LyX
15134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15136 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15143 \begin_layout Standard
15144 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15145 it directly from within LyX.
15146 To print a file, select the menu
15148 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15151 or click on the toolbar button
15154 arg "dialog-show print"
15158 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15159 This file is then processed by the program
15163 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15168 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15172 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15173 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15174 printing one set to print on the other side.
15175 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15176 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15177 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15181 You can set the following print parameters in the
15184 \begin_inset space ~
15192 \begin_layout Labeling
15193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15198 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15203 Note that this printer name is for the program
15212 has to be configured for this printer name.
15213 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15214 \begin_inset space ~
15218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15220 reference "sub:Printer"
15229 The printer should understand PostScript.
15232 \begin_layout Labeling
15233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15238 The name of a file to print to.
15239 The output will be a PostScript file.
15240 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15244 \begin_layout Section
15245 A few Words about Typography
15246 \begin_inset Index idx
15249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 \begin_layout Subsection
15259 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15260 \begin_inset Index idx
15263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15270 \begin_inset Index idx
15273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15295 character comes in four lengths: the
15307 , and the minus sign:
15308 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15314 \begin_layout Standard
15315 \begin_inset Tabular
15316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15317 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15318 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15321 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15350 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15390 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15417 \begin_inset space ~
15420 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15427 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15457 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15478 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15512 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15519 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15531 character multiple times in a row.
15532 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15533 the final output, but not in LyX.
15535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15566 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15567 math mode and has a length of its own.
15568 Here are some examples:
15571 \begin_layout Enumerate
15572 line- and page-breaks
15573 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15583 \begin_layout Enumerate
15585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15595 \begin_layout Enumerate
15596 Oh — there's a dash.
15597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15607 \begin_layout Enumerate
15608 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15622 \begin_layout Subsection
15624 \begin_inset Index idx
15627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15636 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15644 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15645 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15650 \begin_inset Index idx
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15659 following the rules of the document language.
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15663 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15668 font and with unusual constructs, like
15669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15677 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15679 This is done with the menu
15681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15682 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15684 \begin_inset space ~
15690 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15691 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15696 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15706 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15714 as a hyphenation possibility.
15715 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15716 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15717 as described in section
15718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15721 Prevent Hyphenation
15722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15728 \begin_inset space ~
15736 \begin_layout Subsection
15738 \begin_inset Index idx
15741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15750 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15751 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15754 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15761 \begin_layout Standard
15762 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15763 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15764 LaTeX then adds the
15765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15768 appropriate amount of space
15769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15773 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15775 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15776 gets after another word.
15779 \begin_layout Standard
15780 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15781 not work in all cases.
15783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15794 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15795 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15799 Here are some examples of
15803 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15806 \begin_layout Itemize
15811 \begin_layout Itemize
15816 \begin_layout Standard
15817 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15820 \begin_layout Itemize
15822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15826 this is too much space!
15829 \begin_layout Itemize
15834 \begin_layout Standard
15835 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15839 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15842 \begin_layout Enumerate
15846 \begin_inset space ~
15851 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15852 \begin_inset space ~
15856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15858 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15863 \begin_inset Index idx
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 Spaces ! inter-word
15875 \begin_layout Enumerate
15879 \begin_inset space ~
15884 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15885 \begin_inset space ~
15889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15891 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15896 \begin_inset Index idx
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15908 \begin_layout Enumerate
15912 \begin_inset space ~
15916 \begin_inset space ~
15920 \begin_inset space ~
15927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15929 \begin_inset space ~
15934 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15935 This function is also bound to
15938 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15944 \begin_layout Standard
15945 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15948 \begin_layout Itemize
15950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15954 \begin_inset space \space{}
15957 this is too much space!
15960 \begin_layout Itemize
15961 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15966 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15967 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15968 will take care of this.
15971 \begin_layout Standard
15972 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15976 \begin_inset space ~
15981 feature described in section
15987 Additional Features
15992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15994 \begin_inset Index idx
15997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15998 Typography ! Quotes
16004 \begin_inset Index idx
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16039 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16040 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16041 and use a closing quote at the end.
16043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16051 The keyboard character,
16055 , generates this automatically.
16058 \begin_layout Standard
16059 You can specify what character the
16063 key produces using the submenu
16069 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16073 \begin_inset Index idx
16076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16077 Document ! Settings
16087 There are six choices:
16090 \begin_layout Labeling
16091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16103 Use quotes like this
16104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16114 \begin_layout Labeling
16115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16118 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16122 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16128 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16132 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16138 \begin_layout Labeling
16139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16142 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16146 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16152 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16156 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16162 \begin_layout Labeling
16163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16166 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16170 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16176 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16180 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16186 \begin_layout Labeling
16187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16190 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16194 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16200 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16204 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16210 \begin_layout Labeling
16211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16214 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16218 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16224 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16228 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16234 \begin_layout Subsection
16236 \begin_inset Index idx
16239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16240 Typography ! Ligatures
16246 \begin_inset Index idx
16249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16280 name "sub:Ligatures"
16287 \begin_layout Standard
16288 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16289 print them as single characters.
16290 These groups are known as
16295 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16297 Here are the standard ligatures:
16300 \begin_layout Itemize
16304 \begin_layout Itemize
16308 \begin_layout Itemize
16312 \begin_layout Itemize
16316 \begin_layout Itemize
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16321 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16324 \begin_layout Standard
16325 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16326 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16334 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16350 To break a ligature, use
16352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16355 \begin_inset space ~
16362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16373 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16390 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16398 \begin_layout Subsection
16400 \begin_inset Index idx
16403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16412 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16419 \begin_layout Standard
16420 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16421 characters in different sizes and heights.
16422 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16423 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16443 \begin_inset Note Note
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16455 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16456 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16461 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16465 \begin_layout Description
16466 LyX The name of the game, write
16467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16488 \begin_layout Description
16489 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16511 \begin_layout Description
16512 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16534 \begin_layout Description
16535 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16557 \begin_layout Standard
16558 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16563 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16571 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16572 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16573 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16576 : The actual version is
16577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16584 , the previous one was
16585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16595 \begin_layout Standard
16596 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16601 \begin_inset space \space{}
16604 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16606 This will look in LyX like:
16607 \begin_inset Graphics
16608 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16614 \begin_inset Newline newline
16617 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16618 \begin_inset space ~
16622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16624 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16631 \begin_layout Subsection
16633 \begin_inset Index idx
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 \begin_layout Standard
16646 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16647 space between two words.
16648 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16658 for units use the menu
16660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16661 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16663 \begin_inset space ~
16671 arg "space-insert thin"
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16678 Here is an example to show the differences:
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16682 \begin_inset Tabular
16683 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16684 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16685 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16686 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 \begin_inset space ~
16697 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 space between number and unit
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16725 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 half space between number and unit
16750 \begin_layout Subsection
16752 \begin_inset Index idx
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16764 \begin_layout Standard
16765 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16767 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16768 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16769 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16770 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16771 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16772 These bits of text became known as
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16784 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16785 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16786 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16787 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16788 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16789 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16790 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16793 \begin_layout Standard
16794 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16795 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16796 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16797 \begin_inset space ~
16801 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16803 key "latexcompanion"
16808 \begin_inset space ~
16812 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16818 ) may have more information.
16819 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16822 \begin_layout Chapter
16823 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16826 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16833 \begin_layout Standard
16834 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16837 \begin_inset space ~
16843 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16846 \begin_layout Section
16848 \begin_inset Index idx
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16867 \begin_layout Standard
16868 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16871 \begin_layout Description
16873 \begin_inset space ~
16876 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16877 \begin_inset Newline newline
16881 \begin_inset Note Note
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16893 \begin_layout Description
16894 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16895 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16897 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16898 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16900 \begin_inset space ~
16906 \begin_inset Newline newline
16910 \begin_inset Note Comment
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16922 \begin_layout Description
16924 \begin_inset space ~
16927 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16928 set in the document settings under
16930 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16932 \begin_inset space ~
16938 \begin_inset Newline newline
16942 \begin_inset Newline newline
16946 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16956 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16961 of a comment that appears in the output.
16967 \begin_inset Newline newline
16971 \begin_inset Newline newline
16974 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16975 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16978 \begin_layout Standard
16979 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16991 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16994 \begin_layout Section
16996 \begin_inset Index idx
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17008 name "sec:Footnotes"
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17016 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17022 or the toolbar button
17025 arg "footnote-insert"
17037 \begin_inset Graphics
17038 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17047 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17076 label, the box will
17080 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17081 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17094 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17095 and click on the footnote
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17111 Here is an example footnote:
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17128 \begin_layout Standard
17129 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17130 position where the footnote box is placed.
17131 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17132 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17133 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17135 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17136 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17141 ey are described in the
17144 \begin_inset space ~
17152 \begin_layout Section
17154 \begin_inset Index idx
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17166 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17173 \begin_layout Standard
17174 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17175 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17179 \begin_inset space ~
17184 or the toolbar button
17187 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17213 appearing within your text.
17214 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17223 \begin_layout Standard
17224 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17228 \begin_inset Marginal
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 This is a marginal note.
17240 \begin_layout Standard
17241 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17242 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17243 pages, right on odd pages.
17246 \begin_layout Standard
17247 For further information about marginal notes see section
17250 \begin_inset space ~
17258 \begin_inset space ~
17266 \begin_layout Section
17267 Graphics and Images
17268 \begin_inset Index idx
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 \begin_inset Index idx
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17290 name "sec:Graphics"
17297 \begin_layout Standard
17298 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17299 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17302 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17311 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17315 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17320 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17321 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17323 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17324 \begin_inset space ~
17328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17330 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17342 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17343 of the image in the output.
17344 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17348 \begin_inset space ~
17352 \begin_inset space ~
17361 \begin_inset space ~
17365 \begin_inset space ~
17369 \begin_inset space ~
17374 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17375 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17383 \begin_layout Standard
17386 LaTeX and LyX options
17388 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17389 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17393 \begin_inset space ~
17398 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17399 with the image size is printed.
17403 \begin_inset space ~
17407 \begin_inset space ~
17411 \begin_inset space ~
17416 is explained in the
17419 \begin_inset space ~
17431 \begin_layout Standard
17432 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17433 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17435 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17439 \begin_layout Standard
17441 \begin_inset Graphics
17442 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17450 \begin_layout Standard
17451 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17452 the image into a float, see section
17453 \begin_inset space ~
17457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17459 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17466 \begin_layout Subsection
17468 \begin_inset Index idx
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17480 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17487 \begin_layout Standard
17488 You can insert images in any known file format.
17489 But as we explained in section
17490 \begin_inset space ~
17494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17496 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17500 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17501 LyX therefore uses the program
17505 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17506 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17507 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17508 \begin_inset space ~
17512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17514 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17521 \begin_layout Standard
17522 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17525 \begin_layout Description
17527 \begin_inset space ~
17530 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17531 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17532 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17536 Graphics Interchange Format
17537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17540 (GIF, file extension
17541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17553 \begin_inset Index idx
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17588 Portable Network Graphics
17589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17592 (PNG, file extension
17593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17605 \begin_inset Index idx
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17640 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17644 (JPG, file extension
17645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17669 \begin_inset Index idx
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 \begin_layout Description
17705 \begin_inset space ~
17708 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17710 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17711 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17712 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17713 \begin_inset Newline newline
17716 Scalable image formats can be
17717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17720 Scalable Vector Graphics
17721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17724 (SVG, file extension
17725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17737 \begin_inset Index idx
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17772 Encapsulated PostScript
17773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17776 (EPS, file extension
17777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17789 \begin_inset Index idx
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17824 Portable Document Format
17825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17828 (PDF, file extension
17829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17841 \begin_inset Index idx
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17859 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17860 result will not be scalable.
17861 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17875 \begin_layout Standard
17876 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17880 \begin_layout Subsection
17881 Grouping of Image Settings
17882 \begin_inset Index idx
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 Images ! Settings grouping
17894 \begin_layout Standard
17895 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17897 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17898 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17900 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17901 need to manually change each of them.
17905 \begin_layout Standard
17906 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17909 \begin_inset space ~
17914 field in the Graphics dialog.
17915 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17916 by checking the name of the desired group.
17919 \begin_layout Section
17921 \begin_inset Index idx
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17940 \begin_layout Standard
17941 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17944 arg "tabular-insert"
17949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17953 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17954 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17955 from the rest of the table.
17956 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17957 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17959 Here is an example table:
17962 \begin_layout Standard
17964 \begin_inset Tabular
17965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17966 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 \begin_layout Subsection
18174 \begin_layout Standard
18175 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18178 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18182 This brings up the table dialog.
18183 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18184 cursor is placed currently.
18185 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18186 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18187 done on all of your selection.
18190 \begin_layout Standard
18191 In addition to the table dialog, the
18194 \begin_inset space ~
18199 helps you in setting table properties.
18200 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18203 \begin_layout Standard
18207 \begin_inset space ~
18212 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18213 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18214 current cell respectively.
18215 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18217 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18218 of text, see section
18219 \begin_inset space ~
18223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18225 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18232 \begin_layout Standard
18233 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18234 using the check box
18243 This will merge the cells to
18247 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18248 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18249 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18250 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18251 in the last row without the upper border:
18254 \begin_layout Standard
18256 \begin_inset Tabular
18257 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18258 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18260 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18261 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 \begin_layout Standard
18394 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18395 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18396 explained in the chapter
18403 \begin_inset space ~
18409 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18413 degrees counterclockwise.
18414 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18417 \begin_layout Standard
18418 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 Most DVI-viewers are
18430 able to display rotations.
18438 \begin_layout Standard
18443 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18448 adds lines for all cell borders.
18451 \begin_layout Subsection
18453 \begin_inset Index idx
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 Tables ! Longtables
18463 \begin_inset Index idx
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 \begin_layout Standard
18476 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18479 \begin_inset space ~
18483 \begin_inset space ~
18492 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18493 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18496 \begin_layout Description
18501 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18502 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18503 except for the first page, if
18506 \begin_inset space ~
18514 \begin_layout Description
18518 \begin_inset space ~
18523 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18524 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18527 \begin_layout Description
18532 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18533 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18534 except for the last page, if
18537 \begin_inset space ~
18545 \begin_layout Description
18549 \begin_inset space ~
18554 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18555 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18558 \begin_layout Description
18559 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18560 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18566 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18569 \begin_inset space ~
18577 \begin_layout Standard
18578 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18579 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18580 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18586 In this context, first means first in this order:
18589 \begin_inset space ~
18601 \begin_inset space ~
18606 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18609 \begin_layout Standard
18611 \begin_inset Tabular
18612 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18613 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18614 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18615 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18616 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18617 <row endfirsthead="true">
18618 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18629 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <row endfirsthead="true">
18649 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <row endhead="true">
18682 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18693 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <row endhead="true">
18713 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18724 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <row endfoot="true">
18746 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18766 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18797 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20201 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20356 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20418 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20449 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20727 <row endlastfoot="true">
20728 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20748 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20765 \begin_layout Subsection
20767 \begin_inset Index idx
20770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20779 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20788 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20789 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20790 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20794 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20799 for the column in the table dialog.
20800 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20801 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20805 \begin_layout Standard
20807 \begin_inset Tabular
20808 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20809 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20811 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20832 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20901 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20957 This is longer now.
20962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21013 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21014 This is longer now.
21019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21045 \begin_layout Standard
21046 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21047 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21052 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21053 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21059 Selection with the mouse or with
21063 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21064 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21065 the selection from outside the table.
21068 \begin_layout Section
21070 \begin_inset Index idx
21073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21089 \begin_layout Subsection
21093 \begin_layout Standard
21094 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21095 have a fixed location.
21097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21104 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21112 \begin_inset space ~
21117 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21118 too many notes on the current page.
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21122 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21123 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21124 and pages without text.
21125 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21126 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21127 Floats are therefore numbered.
21128 Referencing is described in section
21129 \begin_inset space ~
21133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21135 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21143 To insert a float, use the menu
21145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21149 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21150 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21152 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21153 \begin_inset Index idx
21156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21162 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21163 paragraph within the float.
21164 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21165 by left-clicking on the box label.
21166 A closed float box looks like this:
21167 \begin_inset Graphics
21168 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21173 – a gray button with a red label.
21176 \begin_layout Standard
21177 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21178 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21181 \begin_layout Subsection
21185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21189 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21194 \begin_inset Index idx
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21198 Floats ! Figure floats
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21208 \begin_inset space ~
21212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21214 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21218 was created using the menu
21220 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21221 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21224 or the toolbar button
21227 arg "float-insert figure"
21231 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21234 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21237 or the toolbar button
21240 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21244 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21245 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21249 \begin_inset space ~
21254 or the toolbar button
21257 arg "layout-paragraph"
21263 \begin_layout Standard
21264 \begin_inset Float figure
21269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21271 \begin_inset Graphics
21272 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21282 \begin_inset Caption
21284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21287 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21291 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21306 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21311 or the toolbar button
21317 and refer to it using the menu
21319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21322 or the toolbar button
21325 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21329 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21338 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21348 For more about cross-references, see section
21349 \begin_inset space ~
21353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21355 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21364 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21365 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21366 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21367 as described in section
21368 \begin_inset space ~
21372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21374 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21380 \begin_inset space ~
21384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21386 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21390 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21391 You can also set the images one below the other.
21393 \begin_inset space ~
21397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21399 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21406 reference "fig:Platypus"
21410 are the subfigures.
21413 \begin_layout Standard
21414 \begin_inset Float figure
21419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21420 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21424 \begin_inset Float figure
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21430 \begin_inset Caption
21432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21435 name "fig:Undefinable"
21447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 \begin_inset Graphics
21449 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21460 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21464 \begin_inset Float figure
21469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21470 \begin_inset Caption
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21475 name "fig:Platypus"
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 \begin_inset Graphics
21489 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21501 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21508 \begin_inset Caption
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21513 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21517 Two distorted images.
21530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21532 \begin_inset Index idx
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21536 Floats ! Table floats
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21548 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21551 or the toolbar button
21554 arg "float-insert table"
21558 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21561 \begin_inset space ~
21565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21567 reference "tab:Table-float"
21574 \begin_layout Standard
21575 \begin_inset Float table
21580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21581 \begin_inset Caption
21583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21586 name "tab:Table-float"
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21600 \begin_inset Tabular
21601 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21602 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21732 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21756 \end{array}\right]$
21764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21798 \begin_layout Subsection
21800 \begin_inset Index idx
21803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21813 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21814 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21815 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21817 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21825 \begin_inset space ~
21833 \begin_layout Section
21835 \begin_inset Index idx
21838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21847 name "sec:Minipages"
21854 \begin_layout Standard
21855 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21857 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21858 \begin_inset space \space{}
21865 \begin_layout Standard
21866 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21872 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21873 and its alignment within the page.
21876 \begin_layout Standard
21878 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21888 height_special "totalheight"
21891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21894 This is a minipage.
21895 The text is set in an italic style.
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21901 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21902 another formatting.
21910 \begin_layout Standard
21911 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21914 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21918 as described in section
21919 \begin_inset space ~
21923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21925 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21930 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21936 \begin_layout Standard
21937 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21947 height_special "totalheight"
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21951 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21952 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21958 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21962 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21972 height_special "totalheight"
21975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21976 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21977 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21985 \begin_layout Standard
21986 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21992 \begin_layout Standard
21993 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
21995 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22002 \begin_inset space ~
22010 \begin_layout Chapter
22011 Mathematical Formulas
22012 \begin_inset Index idx
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 \begin_inset Index idx
22025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22056 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22063 \begin_layout Standard
22064 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22069 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22072 \begin_layout Section
22074 \begin_inset Index idx
22077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22087 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22094 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22096 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22097 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22098 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22106 \begin_layout Standard
22107 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22111 \begin_inset space ~
22116 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22119 \begin_layout Standard
22120 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22121 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22124 \begin_layout Standard
22125 This is a line with an inline formula
22126 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22132 \begin_layout Standard
22133 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22134 paragraph, like this one:
22135 \begin_inset Formula
22142 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22145 \begin_layout Standard
22146 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22152 \begin_inset space \space{}
22156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22169 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22170 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22174 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22177 \begin_inset space ~
22185 \begin_layout Subsection
22186 Navigating in Formulas
22187 \begin_inset Index idx
22190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22199 \begin_layout Standard
22200 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22201 achieved with the arrow keys.
22202 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22203 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22208 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22209 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22213 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22217 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22220 \end{array}\right]$
22228 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22233 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22234 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22242 , printed in this document as
22243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22264 \begin_inset Note Note
22267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22268 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22269 the space character (visible space).
22274 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22275 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22276 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22281 For example, if you want
22282 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22336 , since in the latter case only the
22339 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22344 will be under the square root sign:
22345 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22351 \begin_layout Standard
22352 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22354 \begin_inset Formula
22356 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22365 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22366 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22369 \begin_layout Subsection
22373 \begin_layout Standard
22374 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22375 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22379 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22380 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22381 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22382 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22383 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22386 \begin_layout Subsection
22387 Exponents and Subscripts
22388 \begin_inset Index idx
22391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22398 \begin_inset Index idx
22401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22411 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22414 arg "math-superscript"
22420 arg "math-subscript"
22423 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22425 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22428 , type in a formula
22434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22456 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22460 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22481 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22490 , you have to use an extra
22494 to separate the hat and the character.
22496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22500 \begin_inset space \space{}
22504 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 Subscripts are similar: To get
22526 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22549 \begin_layout Subsection
22551 \begin_inset Index idx
22554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 \begin_layout Standard
22564 Create a fraction with either the command
22573 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22579 \begin_inset space ~
22585 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22586 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22587 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22592 To move back up, press
22597 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22598 \begin_inset Formula
22600 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22603 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22611 \begin_layout Subsection
22613 \begin_inset Index idx
22616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22625 \begin_layout Standard
22626 Roots can be created using the
22629 \begin_inset space ~
22637 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22643 arg "math-insert \\root"
22665 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22671 produces always a square root.
22674 \begin_layout Subsection
22675 Operators with Limits
22676 \begin_inset Index idx
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22686 \begin_inset Index idx
22689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22698 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22705 \begin_layout Standard
22707 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22711 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22714 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22715 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22716 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22717 The sum operator will automatically place its
22718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22725 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22728 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22732 \begin_inset Formula
22734 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22739 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22744 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22746 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22747 behind the operator and hitting
22755 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22756 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22758 \begin_inset space ~
22762 \begin_inset space ~
22770 \begin_layout Standard
22771 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22779 feature as addition, such as
22780 \begin_inset Index idx
22783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22790 \begin_inset Formula
22792 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22797 which will place the
22798 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22810 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22811 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22817 \begin_layout Standard
22818 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22825 Have a look at section
22826 \begin_inset space ~
22830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22832 reference "sub:Functions"
22836 for an explanation of function macros.
22839 \begin_layout Subsection
22841 \begin_inset Index idx
22844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 Most math symbols can be found in the
22857 \begin_inset space ~
22862 under one of several categories; including
22879 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22884 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22885 you don't have to use the
22888 \begin_inset space ~
22893 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22894 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22897 \begin_layout Subsection
22899 \begin_inset Index idx
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22917 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22923 \begin_inset space ~
22933 arg "math-insert \\space"
22939 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22940 For example, the sequence
22945 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22949 \begin_inset Graphics
22950 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22955 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22956 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22957 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22958 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22960 Here are two examples:
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22973 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22979 \begin_layout Standard
22989 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22995 \begin_layout Subsection
22997 \begin_inset Index idx
23000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23009 name "sub:Functions"
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23020 \begin_inset space ~
23025 contains under the button
23030 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23035 a number of function macros, such as
23036 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23040 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23048 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23055 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23056 avoid confusions, because
23057 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23061 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23067 \begin_layout Standard
23068 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23070 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23074 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23080 \begin_layout Standard
23081 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23082 s are placed, as described in section
23083 \begin_inset space ~
23087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23089 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23096 \begin_layout Subsection
23098 \begin_inset Index idx
23101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23113 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23114 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23119 \begin_inset space \space{}
23123 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23126 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23127 Our example is entered by typing
23135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23148 \begin_inset space ~
23152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23154 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23158 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 \begin_inset Float table
23167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 \begin_inset Caption
23170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23173 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23177 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23187 \begin_inset Tabular
23188 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23189 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23276 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23753 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23774 \begin_layout Standard
23775 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23778 \begin_inset space ~
23786 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23789 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23793 \begin_layout Section
23794 Brackets and Delimiters
23795 \begin_inset Index idx
23798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23805 \begin_inset Index idx
23808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23817 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23824 \begin_layout Standard
23825 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23826 For some purposes, using just the keys
23831 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23832 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23833 toolbar delimiter icon
23836 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23840 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23841 \begin_inset Formula
23843 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23851 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23852 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23856 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23859 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23865 \begin_inset Formula
23867 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23875 \begin_layout Standard
23876 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23877 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23881 \begin_layout Standard
23882 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23883 left side and right side.
23884 If you use the option
23887 \begin_inset space ~
23892 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23893 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23894 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23895 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23898 \begin_layout Standard
23899 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23900 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23901 go inside the brackets.
23902 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23907 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23908 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23909 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23910 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23911 the structure and enter
23914 arg "math-delim ( )"
23920 \begin_layout Section
23921 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23922 \begin_inset Index idx
23925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23932 \begin_inset Index idx
23935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23942 \begin_inset Index idx
23945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23946 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23954 \begin_layout Standard
23955 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23958 \begin_inset space ~
23968 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23974 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23975 Here is an example:
23976 \begin_inset Formula
23978 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23987 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23988 \begin_inset space ~
23992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23994 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23999 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24000 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24001 This alignment is set in the box
24006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24054 for every column as default.
24055 For example, the sequence
24056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24067 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24068 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24069 corresponds to the relevant column.
24070 The result will look like this:
24071 \begin_inset Formula
24074 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24075 column & has & has\, right\\
24076 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24085 \begin_layout Standard
24086 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24089 arg "newline-insert newline"
24092 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24093 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24098 or the math toolbar.
24101 \begin_layout Standard
24102 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24103 It can be created with the menu
24105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24106 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24108 \begin_inset space ~
24120 Here is an example:
24121 \begin_inset Formula
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24139 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24142 arg "newline-insert newline"
24146 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24151 arg "newline-insert newline"
24154 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24162 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24163 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24164 A new row is created by every further hit of
24167 arg "newline-insert newline"
24171 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24172 Here is an example:
24173 \begin_inset Formula
24175 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24176 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24181 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24182 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24183 \begin_inset Formula
24185 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24194 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24201 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24202 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24205 reference "eq:asquared"
24210 The other types are described in section
24211 \begin_inset space ~
24215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24217 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24224 \begin_layout Section
24225 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24226 \begin_inset Index idx
24229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24230 Math ! Formula numbering
24236 \begin_inset Index idx
24239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24240 Math ! Referencing formulas
24246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24248 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24256 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24259 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24261 \begin_inset space ~
24269 arg "math-number-toggle"
24273 The formula number appears in LyX as
24274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24281 within parentheses.
24283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24292 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24293 the document class.
24294 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24295 separated by a dot:
24296 \begin_inset Formula
24306 arg "math-number-toggle"
24309 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24310 You can only number displayed formulas.
24313 \begin_layout Standard
24314 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24316 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24317 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset space ~
24327 \begin_inset space ~
24335 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24338 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24339 \begin_inset Formula
24342 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24348 To number all lines use the shortcut
24351 arg "math-number-toggle"
24357 \begin_layout Standard
24358 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24361 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24362 A label is inserted with the menu
24364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24367 when the cursor is in the formula.
24368 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24369 It is recommended to use the proposed
24370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24381 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24382 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24383 We inserted in the following example the label
24384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24391 in the second line:
24392 \begin_inset Formula
24394 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24395 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24400 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24401 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24411 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24415 \begin_inset space ~
24421 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24422 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24423 as the formula number:
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24430 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24437 \begin_layout Standard
24438 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24439 \begin_inset space ~
24443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24445 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24450 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24458 \begin_layout Section
24459 User defined math macros
24460 \begin_inset Index idx
24463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24474 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24475 Math macros are explained in section
24478 \begin_inset space ~
24490 \begin_layout Section
24494 \begin_layout Subsection
24496 \begin_inset Index idx
24499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24508 \begin_layout Standard
24509 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24510 To set a font in a formula, use the
24513 \begin_inset space ~
24523 arg "math-insert \\font"
24528 , or enter its command, listed in table
24529 \begin_inset space ~
24533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24535 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_inset Float table
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24549 \begin_inset Caption
24551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24554 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24558 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24568 \begin_inset Tabular
24569 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24570 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24604 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24658 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24779 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24806 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24841 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24849 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24865 \begin_layout Standard
24866 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24867 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24872 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24873 space when you need a space in the box.
24874 Here is an example where
24875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24886 denotes the set of numbers:
24887 \begin_inset Formula
24889 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24897 \begin_layout Standard
24898 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24904 \begin_inset space \space{}
24916 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24920 \begin_inset Newline newline
24923 So it is better not to use this feature.
24926 \begin_layout Standard
24927 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24928 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24932 \begin_inset Newline newline
24935 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24941 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24942 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24948 \begin_layout Standard
24955 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24958 \begin_layout Standard
24959 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24961 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24962 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24964 \begin_inset space ~
24972 \begin_layout Subsection
24974 \begin_inset Index idx
24977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24987 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24989 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset space ~
25005 \begin_inset space ~
25015 arg "math-insert \\font"
25027 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25028 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25029 Here is an example:
25030 \begin_inset Formula
25033 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25034 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25043 \begin_layout Subsection
25045 \begin_inset Index idx
25048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25057 \begin_layout Standard
25058 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25059 automatically chosen in most situations.
25077 For most characters,
25085 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25086 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25091 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25092 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25094 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25099 arg "math-insert \\style"
25105 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25106 For example, you can set
25107 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25110 , which is normally in
25119 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25123 The four styles are used in the following example:
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25131 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25135 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25139 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25147 is set in a particular size with the menu
25149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25151 \begin_inset space ~
25156 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25157 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25158 will be adjusted to correspond.
25159 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25174 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25180 \begin_layout Section
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25185 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25186 the document classes and into layout modules.
25187 \begin_inset Index idx
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25196 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25197 other than the AMS classes.
25199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25201 reference "sub:Modules"
25205 for more on layout modules.
25208 \begin_layout Section
25210 \begin_inset Index idx
25213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25220 \begin_inset Index idx
25223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25233 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25234 (AMS) that are in common use.
25237 \begin_layout Subsection
25238 Enabling AMS-Support
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25242 Selecting the checkbox
25245 \begin_inset space ~
25249 \begin_inset space ~
25253 \begin_inset space ~
25260 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25264 \begin_inset Index idx
25267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25268 Document ! Settings
25276 \begin_inset space ~
25281 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25282 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25283 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25286 \begin_layout Subsection
25288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25290 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25295 \begin_inset Index idx
25298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25299 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25308 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25309 LyX allows you to choose between
25330 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25333 \begin_layout Chapter
25337 \begin_layout Section
25339 \begin_inset Index idx
25342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25351 name "sec:Cross-References"
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25360 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25362 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25363 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25364 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25367 \begin_layout Enumerate
25371 \begin_layout Enumerate
25372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25374 name "enu:Second-item"
25381 \begin_layout Enumerate
25385 \begin_layout Standard
25386 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25391 or by pressing the toolbar button
25398 A gray label box like this:
25399 \begin_inset Graphics
25400 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25405 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25406 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25441 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25446 \begin_inset space \space{}
25449 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25466 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25471 or the toolbar button
25474 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25478 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25479 \begin_inset Graphics
25480 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25485 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25487 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25500 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25510 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25515 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25516 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25518 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25532 \begin_inset space ~
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25538 reference "enu:Second-item"
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 It is recommended to use a protected space
25550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25551 described in section
25552 \begin_inset space ~
25556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25558 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25567 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25568 line breaks between them.
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 There are six formats of cross-references:
25575 \begin_layout Description
25576 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25579 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25586 \begin_layout Description
25587 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25588 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25600 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25607 \begin_layout Description
25608 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25609 \begin_inset space ~
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25614 LatexCommand pageref
25615 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25622 \begin_layout Description
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset space ~
25631 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25633 LatexCommand vpageref
25634 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25641 \begin_layout Description
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25647 \begin_inset space ~
25651 \begin_inset space ~
25654 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25657 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25664 \begin_layout Description
25666 \begin_inset space ~
25669 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25670 \begin_inset Newline newline
25674 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25682 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25691 \begin_inset Index idx
25694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25695 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25701 \begin_inset Index idx
25704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25716 \begin_inset Newline newline
25719 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25722 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25727 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25735 is the default and preferred because
25739 supports only English documents.
25740 The format is specified by using the command
25752 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25753 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25766 ) can be done with this command
25767 \begin_inset Newline newline
25774 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25779 \begin_inset Newline newline
25782 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25784 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25786 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25793 \begin_layout Description
25795 \begin_inset space ~
25798 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25800 LatexCommand nameref
25801 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25813 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25820 \begin_inset space \space{}
25824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 <reference> on page <page>
25840 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25845 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25846 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25850 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25854 \begin_layout Standard
25855 You can only use the style
25859 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25863 is always possible.
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25868 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25870 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25871 \begin_inset space ~
25875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25877 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset space ~
25898 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25899 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25902 \begin_inset space ~
25907 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25908 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25911 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 You can change labels at any time.
25919 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25920 do not need to think about this.
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25924 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25925 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25929 References are described in detail in sec.
25930 \begin_inset space ~
25934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25944 \begin_inset space ~
25952 \begin_layout Section
25953 Table of Contents and other Listings
25954 \begin_inset Index idx
25957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25964 \begin_inset Index idx
25967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25983 \begin_layout Subsection
25985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25987 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25994 \begin_layout Standard
25995 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25998 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26000 \begin_inset space ~
26004 \begin_inset space ~
26010 It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26011 If you click on it, the
26015 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26016 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26017 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26022 that is described in sec.
26023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26029 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26037 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26038 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26046 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26050 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26052 \begin_inset space ~
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26058 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26062 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26064 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26067 \begin_layout Subsection
26068 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26071 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26080 You can insert them via the
26082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26084 \begin_inset space ~
26088 \begin_inset space ~
26094 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26097 \begin_layout Section
26098 URLs and Hyperlinks
26099 \begin_inset Index idx
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26109 \begin_inset Index idx
26112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26121 \begin_layout Subsection
26123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26133 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26141 \begin_layout Standard
26142 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26143 \begin_inset Flex URL
26146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26163 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26176 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26184 \begin_layout Subsection
26186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26188 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26195 \begin_layout Standard
26196 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26201 or with the toolbar button
26208 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26217 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26218 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26219 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26221 name "LyX's homepage"
26222 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26226 , an Email address like this:
26227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26229 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26230 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26235 , or a link to a file.
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26239 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26252 to the link target.
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26256 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26257 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26258 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26259 the text style dialog.
26260 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26264 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26266 name "LyX's homepage"
26267 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26274 \begin_layout Standard
26275 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26279 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26282 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26286 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26288 \begin_inset Newline newline
26296 \begin_inset Newline newline
26303 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26306 \begin_layout Section
26308 \begin_inset Index idx
26311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26320 name "sec:Appendices"
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26328 Appendices are created with the menu
26330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26332 \begin_inset space ~
26336 \begin_inset space ~
26342 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26343 as the appendix region.
26344 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26347 \begin_layout Standard
26348 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26349 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26350 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26351 and the subsection number.
26352 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26358 \begin_inset space ~
26362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26364 reference "chap:Credits"
26369 \begin_inset space ~
26373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26375 reference "sub:Export"
26382 \begin_layout Section
26384 \begin_inset Index idx
26387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26396 name "sec:Bibliography"
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26404 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26405 You can include a bibliography database,
26409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26410 Known under the name
26411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26423 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26424 manually, using the paragraph environment
26428 , which was described in section
26429 \begin_inset space ~
26433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26435 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26440 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26441 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26445 use a bibliography database.
26448 \begin_layout Subsection
26449 The Bibliography Environment
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26457 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26459 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26468 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26470 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26479 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26482 \begin_layout Standard
26483 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26488 or the toolbar button
26491 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26495 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26496 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26497 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26498 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26503 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26504 entry with surrounding brackets.
26509 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26510 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26525 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26528 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26530 key "latexcompanion"
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26538 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26539 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26548 \begin_layout Subsection
26549 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26550 \begin_inset Index idx
26553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26554 Bibliography ! Databases
26560 \begin_inset Index idx
26563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26572 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26579 \begin_layout Standard
26580 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26586 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26588 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26589 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26594 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26596 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26597 your working field in a database.
26598 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26599 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26600 list for that document.
26601 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26605 \begin_layout Standard
26606 The database is a text file with the file extension
26607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26618 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26619 The format is explained in
26620 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26626 and in LaTeX books (
26627 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26629 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26634 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26635 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26636 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26637 \begin_inset Flex URL
26640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26642 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26651 To use a database, use the menu
26653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26658 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26671 \begin_inset space ~
26677 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26678 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26681 Add bibliography to TOC
26683 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26688 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26689 in the document or just the cited references.
26692 \begin_layout Standard
26693 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26705 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26706 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26707 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26709 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26715 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26716 \begin_inset Newline newline
26720 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26722 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26735 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26738 \begin_layout Standard
26739 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26740 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26741 either in the document settings under
26745 or in LyX's preferences under
26747 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26762 The following variants are possible:
26765 \begin_layout Description
26766 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26767 other bibliography packages (like e.
26768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26772 \begin_inset space ~
26779 ), only with the package
26783 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26787 \begin_layout Description
26788 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26789 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26790 with all bibliography packages, except of
26795 \begin_layout Description
26796 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26801 , works with all bibliography packages
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26805 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26807 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26823 When you select the option
26825 Sectioned bibliography
26829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26832 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26833 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26835 Customizing Bibliographies
26843 Additional Features
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26850 the two methods of creating them.
26851 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26852 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26853 We used the style file
26857 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26860 \begin_layout Subsection
26861 Bibliography layout
26862 \begin_inset Index idx
26865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26866 Bibliography ! Layout
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26875 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26876 For this feature you need to enable the option
26882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26886 \begin_inset Index idx
26889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26890 Document ! Settings
26900 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26901 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26902 in the previous section.
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26906 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26907 the citation reference window.
26908 Here is an example where the text
26909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26913 \begin_inset space ~
26917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26920 appears after the reference:
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26925 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26928 key "latexcompanion"
26935 \begin_layout Section
26937 \begin_inset Index idx
26940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26957 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26961 \begin_inset space ~
26966 or the toolbar button
26973 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26974 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26975 by LyX as the index entry.
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26983 \begin_inset space ~
26987 \begin_inset space ~
26990 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26992 \begin_inset space ~
26998 A light blue box labeled
26999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27010 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27011 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27015 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27016 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27018 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27020 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27027 \begin_layout Subsection
27028 Grouping Index Entries
27029 \begin_inset Index idx
27032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27042 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27044 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27045 lists under the entry
27046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27054 First we create the entry
27055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27063 \begin_inset space ~
27067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27069 reference "sub:Lists"
27074 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27075 \begin_inset space ~
27079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27081 reference "sec:Itemize"
27085 , we insert the command
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27098 \begin_layout Standard
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27105 for the enumerated list in section
27106 \begin_inset space ~
27110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27112 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 The exclamation mark
27121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27128 marks the grouping levels.
27129 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27130 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27131 If we don't have an index entry for
27132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27139 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27142 \begin_layout Subsection
27144 \begin_inset Index idx
27147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27148 Index ! Page ranges
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27157 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27159 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27165 \begin_inset space \space{}
27168 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27170 \begin_inset space ~
27174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27176 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27186 Paragraph environments|(
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27190 and another entry at the end of section
27191 \begin_inset space ~
27195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27197 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27207 Paragraph environments|)
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27235 respectively start and end the index range.
27236 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27237 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27238 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27239 An example is the index entry
27240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27243 Document ! Settings
27244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27250 \begin_layout Subsection
27252 \begin_inset Index idx
27255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27256 Index ! Cross referencing
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27266 We referred for example in the index entry
27267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27275 \begin_inset space ~
27279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27281 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27285 ) to the index entry
27286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 in the same section using the entry
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27299 GIF|see{Image formats}
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27304 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27305 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27308 \begin_layout Subsection
27310 \begin_inset Index idx
27313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27314 Index ! Entry order
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27323 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27324 follow the rules for the index order.
27325 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27330 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27332 \begin_inset space ~
27336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27338 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27347 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27348 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27373 \begin_inset Index idx
27376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 Dummy entries ! maïs
27383 \begin_inset Index idx
27386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27387 Dummy entries ! maître
27393 \begin_inset Index idx
27396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27397 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27402 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27403 maïs, maison, maître.
27404 To achieve this, we use the command
27407 \begin_layout Standard
27410 previous entry@current entry
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27414 In our case we want to have
27415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27430 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27441 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27442 See the next subsection for an example.
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27453 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27458 to generate the index (see sec.
27459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27465 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27474 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27482 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27486 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27487 index commands start with
27488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27500 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27505 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27532 \begin_layout Subsection
27534 \begin_inset Index idx
27537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27538 Index ! Entry layout
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27548 \begin_inset Index idx
27551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27554 This is an italic dummy entry
27559 You can also format the page number using the character
27560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27567 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27568 We can write for example
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27574 italic page number:|textit
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 to get the page number in italic.
27579 \begin_inset Index idx
27582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27583 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27588 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27606 \begin_inset space ~
27612 Have a look at section
27613 \begin_inset space ~
27617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27619 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27623 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27635 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27639 to generate the index, see sec.
27640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27646 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27655 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27660 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27661 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27664 key "latexcompanion"
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27677 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27679 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27680 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27681 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27682 If so, put the following in the preamble
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27708 in the index entry.
27709 \begin_inset Index idx
27712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27713 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27718 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27719 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27720 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27730 \begin_inset space \space{}
27733 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27734 for all index entries.
27735 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27747 documentation for details,
27748 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27750 key "makeindex,xindy"
27757 \begin_layout Subsection
27759 \begin_inset Index idx
27762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27771 name "sub:Index-Program"
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27779 If the index entry program
27783 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27787 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27796 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27797 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27798 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27799 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27800 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27810 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27811 dialog, see section
27812 \begin_inset space ~
27816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27818 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27823 The available options are listed and explained in
27824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27826 key "makeindex,xindy"
27831 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27835 \begin_layout Standard
27836 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27837 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27841 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27845 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27846 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27849 \begin_layout Subsection
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27855 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27863 next to the standard index.
27864 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27865 that add this feature.
27871 \begin_inset Index idx
27874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27875 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27880 package to generate multiple indexes.
27881 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27886 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27887 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27894 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27895 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27896 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27905 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27908 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27911 and select the option
27913 Use multiple Indexes
27920 already contains the standard index
27921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27929 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27930 also appear as a heading) to the
27934 input field and press the
27939 The new index now also appears in the list.
27940 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27948 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27950 \begin_inset space ~
27954 \begin_inset space ~
27963 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
27964 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27965 are additional features:
27968 \begin_layout Itemize
27969 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27970 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
27973 \begin_layout Itemize
27974 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27975 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
27976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27984 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27989 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27990 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27991 to the non-subindexes.
27994 \begin_layout Section
27995 Nomenclature / Glossary
27996 \begin_inset Index idx
27999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28006 \begin_inset Index idx
28009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28040 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28047 \begin_layout Standard
28048 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28049 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28054 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28059 \begin_inset Index idx
28062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28063 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28069 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28070 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28076 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28081 and then use the menu
28083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28089 \begin_inset space ~
28094 or the toolbar button
28097 arg "nomencl-insert"
28102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28113 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28117 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28118 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28119 The second is the description of the symbol.
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28131 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28139 \begin_layout Subsection
28140 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28141 \begin_inset Index idx
28144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28145 Nomenclature ! Layout
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28154 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28158 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28164 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28172 \begin_inset Newline newline
28180 \begin_inset Newline newline
28186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28193 character starts/ends the formula.
28194 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28206 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28218 \begin_inset space ~
28222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28224 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28235 \begin_inset space ~
28240 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28241 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28246 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28253 in this document is:
28254 \begin_inset Newline newline
28259 dummy entry for the character
28264 \begin_inset Newline newline
28276 \begin_inset space ~
28286 font use the command
28315 \begin_layout Standard
28316 If the characters |
28317 \begin_inset space \space{}
28321 \begin_inset space \space{}
28325 \begin_inset space \space{}
28329 \begin_inset space \space{}
28333 \begin_inset space \space{}
28336 should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
28337 a quote character in front of them.
28338 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28339 LatexCommand nomenclature
28340 symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
28341 description "The quote sign is output by writing ' \"\"\"\" '"
28348 \begin_layout Subsection
28349 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28350 \begin_inset Index idx
28353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28354 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28363 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28364 the symbol definition.
28365 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28366 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28369 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28370 LatexCommand nomenclature
28372 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28379 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28383 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28384 LatexCommand nomenclature
28387 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28392 They will be sorted by
28393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28419 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28422 will be sorted before the
28426 since the character
28427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28434 is considered in sorting.
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28441 \begin_inset space ~
28446 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28447 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28449 For the example given, you can insert
28453 in this field for the
28454 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28461 will be located before
28462 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28469 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28474 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28483 \begin_layout Subsection
28484 Nomenclature Options
28485 \begin_inset Index idx
28488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28489 Nomenclature ! Options
28497 \begin_layout Standard
28502 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28503 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28506 \begin_layout Description
28507 refeq Appends the phrase
28508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28523 to every nomenclature entry, where
28529 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28532 \begin_layout Description
28533 refpage Appends the phrase
28534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28549 to every nomenclature entry, where
28555 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28558 \begin_layout Description
28559 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28564 class options list in the
28566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28570 In this document the options
28577 \begin_layout Standard
28578 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28585 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28586 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28591 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28594 \begin_layout Description
28604 \begin_layout Description
28607 nomrefpage Like the
28614 \begin_layout Description
28617 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28626 \begin_layout Description
28630 \begin_inset space ~
28636 \begin_inset space ~
28641 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28653 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28654 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28665 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28668 \begin_inset Newline newline
28675 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28680 \begin_inset Newline newline
28684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28699 by their translation.
28702 \begin_layout Subsection
28703 Printing the Nomenclature
28704 \begin_inset Index idx
28707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28708 Nomenclature ! Printing
28716 \begin_layout Standard
28717 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28721 \begin_inset space ~
28725 \begin_inset space ~
28728 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28744 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28745 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28746 You can choose between these settings:
28749 \begin_layout Description
28750 Default a space of 1
28751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28757 \begin_layout Description
28759 \begin_inset space ~
28763 \begin_inset space ~
28766 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28769 \begin_layout Description
28770 Custom custom space
28773 \begin_layout Standard
28774 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28783 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28791 For example, in order to change the name to
28795 , add the following line to the preamble:
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28806 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28809 \begin_layout Subsection
28810 Nomenclature Program
28811 \begin_inset Index idx
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28815 Nomenclature ! Program
28821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28823 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28831 LyX uses the program
28835 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28836 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28841 by adding options, see section
28842 \begin_inset space ~
28846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28848 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28853 The available options are listed and explained in
28854 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28856 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28863 \begin_layout Section
28865 \begin_inset Index idx
28868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28875 \begin_inset Index idx
28878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28879 Document ! Branches
28885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28887 name "sec:Branches"
28894 \begin_layout Standard
28895 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28896 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28897 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28898 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28903 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28904 To create a branch, either select the menu
28906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28907 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28910 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28919 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28920 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28921 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28922 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28923 (see below for an example).
28924 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28925 to the name of the other) and to add
28926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28938 \begin_inset space ~
28941 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28942 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28947 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28952 where you can choose a branch.
28953 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28957 \begin_layout Standard
28958 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28959 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28963 \begin_inset Branch Question
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28967 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28975 \begin_layout Standard
28976 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28980 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28988 \begin_layout Standard
28995 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28996 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28999 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29000 Consider for example a file
29001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29008 which has the above branches.
29010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29017 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29041 branch were inactive,
29042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29057 branch was active, likewise
29058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29073 branch was active, and
29074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29077 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29081 if both branches were active.
29082 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29086 \begin_layout Standard
29087 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29095 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29097 For example you can define for the question branch
29101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29103 \begin_inset space ~
29107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29109 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29141 \begin_layout Standard
29142 and for the answer branch
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29166 \begin_inset Branch Question
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29202 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29205 \begin_layout Standard
29209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29238 Now it is possible to use the commands
29242 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29249 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29252 to obtain conditional output.
29253 Here is an example formula where only the
29260 \begin_inset Formula
29262 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29271 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29277 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29281 \begin_layout Standard
29283 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29284 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29286 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29287 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29292 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29301 \begin_layout Section
29303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29305 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29310 \begin_inset Index idx
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29327 dialog allows you in the
29331 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29332 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29337 \begin_inset Index idx
29340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29341 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29349 \begin_layout Standard
29354 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29355 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29356 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29358 You can specify in the dialog tab
29362 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29364 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29365 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29374 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29375 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29376 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29378 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29379 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29381 \begin_inset space ~
29384 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29385 \begin_inset space ~
29388 1 will only display the sections.
29391 \begin_layout Standard
29392 The header information in the dialog tab
29396 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29397 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29402 \begin_inset space \space{}
29405 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29406 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29409 Automatic fill header
29411 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29412 title and author settings.
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29418 Load in fullscreen mode
29420 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29423 \begin_layout Standard
29424 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29425 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29431 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29432 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29441 \begin_layout Section
29442 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29445 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29452 \begin_layout Subsection
29454 \begin_inset Index idx
29457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29466 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29473 \begin_layout Standard
29474 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29475 constructs, but not all.
29476 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29477 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29478 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29479 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29480 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29485 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29487 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29491 \begin_inset space ~
29496 or by the toolbar button
29509 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29517 \begin_layout Standard
29518 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29519 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29520 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29521 using the LaTeX-command
29527 , you can write the command part
29533 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29537 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29538 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29539 the following example:
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29543 \begin_inset Graphics
29544 filename clipart/ERT.png
29552 \begin_layout Standard
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29557 This is a line with a
29561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 \begin_layout Standard
29585 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29594 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29602 \begin_layout Subsection
29603 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29604 \begin_inset Argument
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29614 \begin_inset Index idx
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29626 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29634 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29635 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29636 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29645 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29646 any time if you know the right commands.
29648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29652 \begin_inset space \space{}
29655 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29657 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29658 all caption labels bold.
29659 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29661 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29665 \begin_layout Standard
29666 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29667 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29668 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29670 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 As result you find that the package
29685 \begin_inset Index idx
29688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29695 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29697 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29703 \begin_layout Standard
29708 usepackage[options]{package name}
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29712 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29713 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29714 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29717 \begin_layout Standard
29718 In your case the package name is
29723 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29728 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29729 So you add the command
29732 \begin_layout Standard
29737 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29740 \begin_layout Standard
29741 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 For more commands provided by the
29750 package, have a look at its documentation,
29751 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29768 For example if you use a
29772 class, you don't need the package
29776 , you can instead write
29779 \begin_layout Standard
29784 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29790 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29791 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29792 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29799 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29803 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29804 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29806 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29807 the previous section.
29810 \begin_layout Standard
29811 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29815 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29822 \begin_layout Standard
29823 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29829 \begin_layout Standard
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 \begin_inset Note Note
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29847 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29855 \begin_layout Left Header
29856 \begin_inset Argument
29859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 \begin_inset Note Note
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 defines the header line as described below
29891 \begin_layout Center Header
29892 \begin_inset Argument
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 \begin_layout Right Header
29905 \begin_inset Argument
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 \begin_layout Left Footer
29930 \begin_inset Argument
29933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 \begin_layout Center Footer
29955 \begin_inset Argument
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 \begin_inset Newline newline
29973 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29979 \begin_layout Right Footer
29980 \begin_inset Argument
29983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30005 \begin_layout Section
30006 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30009 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30014 \begin_inset Index idx
30017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 Document ! Header/Footer line
30024 \begin_inset Index idx
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 \begin_layout Standard
30037 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30038 to set the headings style to
30044 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30050 \begin_inset space ~
30056 As a second step add in the menu
30058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30059 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30066 Custom Header/Footerlines
30067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30071 This module offers the following 6
30072 \begin_inset space ~
30078 \begin_layout Description
30080 \begin_inset space ~
30084 \begin_inset space ~
30088 \begin_inset space ~
30092 \begin_inset space ~
30096 \begin_inset space ~
30102 \begin_layout Description
30104 \begin_inset space ~
30108 \begin_inset space ~
30112 \begin_inset space ~
30116 \begin_inset space ~
30120 \begin_inset space ~
30126 \begin_layout Standard
30127 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30131 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30132 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30134 \begin_inset space ~
30138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30140 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30144 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30147 \begin_layout Standard
30148 \begin_inset Float figure
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30157 \begin_inset Tabular
30158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30159 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30160 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30162 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30164 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 The normal text on the page goes here.
30227 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30229 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30230 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30235 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30273 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 \begin_inset Caption
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30325 name "fig:Page-layout"
30329 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30342 \begin_layout Subsection
30346 \begin_layout Standard
30347 To define your header line, add all 3
30348 \begin_inset space ~
30352 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30353 the optional arguments on even pages.
30354 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30356 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30357 Defining the footer line works similar.
30360 \begin_layout Standard
30361 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 \begin_inset space ~
30385 \begin_layout Description
30388 thepage prints the current page number
30391 \begin_layout Description
30394 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30397 \begin_layout Description
30400 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30403 \begin_layout Description
30406 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30407 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30414 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30417 because it usually goes in a left header.
30420 \begin_layout Description
30423 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30424 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30426 It is normally used in the right header.
30429 \begin_layout Subsection
30430 Default header/footer
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30434 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30435 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30436 footer has the page number.
30437 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30438 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30439 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30442 \begin_inset space ~
30450 \begin_layout Subsection
30454 \begin_layout Standard
30455 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30456 Some pages are different.
30457 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30458 a new part or chapter in your book.
30459 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30460 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30461 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30465 Header and footer decoration line
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30469 By default, you get a 0.4
30470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30473 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30474 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30486 in the following scheme:
30489 \begin_layout Standard
30496 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30500 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30509 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30516 \begin_layout Standard
30517 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30518 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30519 \begin_inset space ~
30523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30533 Several header/footer lines
30536 \begin_layout Standard
30537 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30538 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30539 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30541 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30553 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30556 \begin_layout Standard
30563 headheight}{height}
30566 \begin_layout Standard
30567 Where height is a size in standard units.
30568 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30569 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30570 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 and look via the button
30589 \begin_inset space ~
30594 if you find a warning of the package
30599 \begin_inset Index idx
30602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30609 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30610 for your header/footer.
30613 \begin_layout Subsection
30617 \begin_layout Standard
30618 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30619 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30620 This example consists of the following definition:
30623 \begin_layout Description
30625 \begin_inset space ~
30634 , empty optional argument
30637 \begin_layout Description
30639 \begin_inset space ~
30642 Header empty, empty optional argument
30645 \begin_layout Description
30647 \begin_inset space ~
30656 in the optional argument
30659 \begin_layout Description
30661 \begin_inset space ~
30670 in the optional argument
30673 \begin_layout Description
30675 \begin_inset space ~
30687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30691 \begin_inset Newline newline
30695 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30702 in the optional argument
30705 \begin_layout Description
30707 \begin_inset space ~
30716 , empty optional argument
30719 \begin_layout Description
30722 headrulewidth set to 2
30723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30729 \begin_layout Standard
30730 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30731 For more special things like e.
30732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30736 \begin_inset space ~
30739 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30744 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30753 \begin_layout Standard
30754 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30760 \begin_layout Standard
30764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30768 pagestyle{headings}
30774 \begin_inset Note Note
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 switches back to page style with the default headings
30786 \begin_layout Section
30787 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30790 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30795 \begin_inset Index idx
30798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30805 \begin_inset Index idx
30808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 \begin_layout Standard
30818 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30819 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30820 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30823 \begin_layout Subsection
30827 \begin_layout Standard
30828 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30833 \begin_inset Index idx
30836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30842 (on some systems named simply
30847 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30855 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30856 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30864 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30865 automatically installed together with LyX.
30868 \begin_layout Subsection
30872 \begin_layout Standard
30873 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30874 LaTeX, activate the option
30877 \begin_inset space ~
30884 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30890 \begin_inset space ~
30894 \begin_inset space ~
30897 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30904 \begin_inset space ~
30917 \begin_inset space ~
30922 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30925 \begin_layout Standard
30926 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30930 \begin_layout Standard
30931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30940 generated by activating the option
30943 \begin_inset space ~
30949 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30957 \begin_layout Subsection
30958 Selected document parts
30961 \begin_layout Standard
30962 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30963 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30964 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30965 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30971 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30972 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30973 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30976 \begin_layout Standard
30977 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30983 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30994 is explained in section
30996 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
31001 \begin_inset space ~
31011 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
31012 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
31014 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31016 Here is the result:
31019 \begin_layout Standard
31020 \begin_inset Preview
31022 \begin_layout Standard
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31031 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31037 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31047 height_special "totalheight"
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31075 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31081 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 \begin_layout Standard
31104 Previewing works also for colors.
31105 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 is explained in section
31130 \begin_inset space ~
31143 \begin_layout Standard
31144 \begin_inset Preview
31146 \begin_layout Standard
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31169 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31174 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 \begin_layout Standard
31194 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31201 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31202 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31203 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31205 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31206 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31207 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31208 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31212 \begin_layout Subsection
31216 \begin_layout Standard
31217 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31222 \begin_inset space ~
31227 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31228 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31230 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31231 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31232 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31233 the source view window.
31236 \begin_layout Section
31237 Advanced Find and Replace
31238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31240 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31245 \begin_inset Index idx
31248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 \begin_inset Index idx
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31267 \begin_layout Subsection
31271 \begin_layout Standard
31272 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31273 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31274 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31275 The key-features are:
31278 \begin_layout Itemize
31279 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31280 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31281 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31285 \begin_layout Itemize
31286 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31287 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31288 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31289 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31292 \begin_layout Itemize
31293 Search may be widened to a specific
31298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31302 \begin_inset space ~
31305 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31306 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31313 \begin_layout Itemize
31314 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31315 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31320 \begin_inset space ~
31323 all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
31326 \begin_layout Subsection
31330 \begin_layout Standard
31331 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31333 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31346 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31349 ) or the toolbar button
31352 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31358 Advanced Find and Replace
31363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31367 \begin_layout Standard
31372 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31377 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31380 arg "break-paragraph"
31384 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31385 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31386 Pressing repeatedly
31389 arg "break-paragraph"
31392 keeps searching forward while pressing
31396 searches backwards.
31399 \begin_layout Standard
31404 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31414 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31418 Searching for mathematics
31421 \begin_layout Standard
31422 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing them the
31427 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31430 or also something more complex like
31431 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31435 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31436 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
31437 For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31438 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31448 \begin_layout Standard
31449 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31450 This is done by switching to the
31454 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31459 This way, entering in the
31466 \begin_layout Itemize
31467 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31468 in emphasized or boldface.
31471 \begin_layout Itemize
31472 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31473 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31476 \begin_layout Itemize
31477 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31478 of if only within section headings.
31479 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31480 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31484 \begin_layout Itemize
31485 a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
31486 displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31493 \begin_layout Standard
31494 The document segments entered in the
31498 editor can be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31506 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31510 button or alternatively
31517 arg "break-paragraph"
31524 while the cursor is in the
31534 \begin_layout Standard
31535 You can replace with full-featured formatted LyX segments.
31536 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31540 \begin_layout Itemize
31541 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31542 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31550 with its typewriter version
31551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31565 \begin_layout Itemize
31566 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31572 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31584 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31591 (you may want to enable the
31599 options and disable the
31607 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31615 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31616 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31620 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31623 , or occurrences of
31624 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31628 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31634 \begin_layout Subsection
31638 \begin_layout Standard
31639 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31646 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31648 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31657 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31663 This is done via the menu
31665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31666 Insert Regular Expression
31668 while the cursor is in the
31673 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31674 expression matching rules
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31685 \begin_inset space ~
31688 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31689 to match expressions.
31694 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31695 same text in the document.
31696 It is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31697 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31700 \begin_layout Enumerate
31701 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31706 editor the fraction
31707 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31711 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31714 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31715 fractions with the given denominator.
31718 \begin_layout Enumerate
31719 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31731 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31736 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31737 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31739 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31742 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31743 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31746 \begin_layout Standard
31747 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
31748 Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31749 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31752 , and referring back to them through
31753 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31757 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31761 For example, try searching for the regexp
31762 \begin_inset Newline newline
31765 [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
31768 \begin_inset Newline newline
31771 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31774 \begin_layout Standard
31775 The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
31778 \begin_layout Standard
31779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
31789 occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
31790 sub-expressions is absolute.
31792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31796 \begin_inset space ~
31800 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31803 always refers to the first occurrence of
31804 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31807 in all entered regexps.
31815 \begin_layout Section
31817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31819 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31824 \begin_inset Index idx
31827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 \begin_layout Standard
31837 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31847 or the toolbar button
31850 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31853 starts the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
31854 beginning of the currently selected text.
31855 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31856 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31857 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31858 scrolled so that it is visible.
31859 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31860 n, if any could be found.
31861 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31865 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31866 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31869 \begin_layout Standard
31870 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31877 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31878 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31879 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31880 This works if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31881 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31882 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31885 \begin_layout Subsection
31889 \begin_layout Standard
31890 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31893 \begin_inset space ~
31896 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31899 you can set the following things:
31902 \begin_layout Description
31904 \begin_inset space ~
31907 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31908 Depending on your platform,
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31923 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31924 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31939 \begin_layout Description
31941 \begin_inset space ~
31944 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31945 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31948 \begin_layout Description
31950 \begin_inset space ~
31953 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31959 \begin_inset space \space{}
31963 This should normally not be needed.
31966 \begin_layout Description
31968 \begin_inset space ~
31972 \begin_inset space ~
31975 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31987 \begin_layout Description
31989 \begin_inset space ~
31992 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31993 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31994 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31995 appear in the context menu.
31996 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32000 \begin_layout Description
32002 \begin_inset space ~
32006 \begin_inset space ~
32010 \begin_inset space ~
32013 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32017 \begin_layout Section
32019 \begin_inset Index idx
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32031 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32038 \begin_layout Standard
32039 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32040 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32052 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32061 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32062 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32063 are available for many languages.
32066 \begin_layout Standard
32067 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32071 \begin_layout Subsection
32072 Setting up the thesaurus
32075 \begin_layout Standard
32083 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32088 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32093 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32099 en_EN for English).
32100 For instance, the English files are named:
32103 \begin_layout Itemize
32107 \begin_layout Itemize
32111 \begin_layout Standard
32112 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32113 files should be already on your system.
32114 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32115 \begin_inset Flex URL
32118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32126 \begin_inset Flex URL
32129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32141 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32142 \begin_inset space ~
32146 \begin_inset Flex URL
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32156 are usually packed in extension archives (
32160 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32162 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32163 unpack a zip archive.
32176 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32177 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32179 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32180 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32184 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32187 \begin_layout Subsection
32188 Using the thesaurus
32191 \begin_layout Standard
32192 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32194 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32197 or the toolbar button
32200 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32203 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32205 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32207 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32208 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
32209 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
32218 ), related terms (such as
32221 \begin_inset space ~
32230 ), compounds (such as
32233 \begin_inset space ~
32242 ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
32251 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
32254 \begin_layout Standard
32255 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32256 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32260 \begin_layout Standard
32261 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32262 the dictionary, such as the above
32266 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32271 \begin_inset space \space{}
32274 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32275 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32276 For example looking up the word form
32277 \change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
32288 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32294 \change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
32295 The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
32299 , it will resolve it to the form
32303 which is in the dictionary).
32304 However, this may not always work.
32305 So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
32308 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32313 \begin_inset space \space{}
32324 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32325 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32326 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32329 \begin_layout Section
32331 \begin_inset Index idx
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32341 \begin_inset Index idx
32344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 Document ! Change Tracking
32351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32353 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32360 \begin_layout Standard
32361 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32362 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32363 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32364 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32366 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32368 \begin_inset space ~
32371 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32373 \begin_inset space ~
32381 \begin_layout Standard
32382 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32396 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32397 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32400 \begin_inset space ~
32404 \begin_inset space ~
32414 \begin_inset Index idx
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 Color ! Change tracking
32423 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32424 the cursor is in changed text.
32425 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32428 arg "changes-merge"
32434 \begin_layout Standard
32435 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32436 \begin_inset Index idx
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 \begin_layout Standard
32449 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32455 \begin_layout Standard
32456 \begin_inset Graphics
32457 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32465 \begin_layout Standard
32466 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32472 \begin_layout Standard
32473 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32477 \begin_layout Standard
32478 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32484 \begin_layout Standard
32485 \begin_inset Tabular
32486 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32487 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32488 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32489 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 arg "changes-track"
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32515 \begin_inset space ~
32518 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32520 \begin_inset space ~
32529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 arg "changes-output"
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32554 \begin_inset space ~
32557 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32559 \begin_inset space ~
32563 \begin_inset space ~
32567 \begin_inset space ~
32576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 Jumps to the next change
32603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 arg "change-accept"
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32628 \begin_inset space ~
32631 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32633 \begin_inset space ~
32642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 arg "change-reject"
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32667 \begin_inset space ~
32670 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32672 \begin_inset space ~
32681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 arg "changes-merge"
32698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32706 \begin_inset space ~
32709 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32711 \begin_inset space ~
32720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 arg "all-changes-accept"
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32745 \begin_inset space ~
32748 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32750 \begin_inset space ~
32754 \begin_inset space ~
32763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32772 arg "all-changes-reject"
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32788 \begin_inset space ~
32791 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32793 \begin_inset space ~
32797 \begin_inset space ~
32806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32830 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32832 \begin_inset space ~
32841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32864 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32866 \begin_inset space ~
32882 \begin_layout Standard
32883 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32889 \begin_layout Standard
32890 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32891 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32892 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32893 the next change after the current cursor position.
32894 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32895 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32896 step to the next change.
32897 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32900 \begin_layout Standard
32901 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32902 to describe a change.
32905 \begin_layout Standard
32906 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32911 \begin_inset Index idx
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32915 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32921 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32922 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32928 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32931 \begin_layout Section
32932 Comparison of Documents
32933 \begin_inset Index idx
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 Comparison of documents
32945 \begin_layout Standard
32946 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32948 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32952 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32954 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32955 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32959 \begin_inset space ~
32963 \begin_inset space ~
32967 \begin_inset space ~
32976 \begin_inset space ~
32980 \begin_inset space ~
32984 \begin_inset space ~
32988 \begin_inset space ~
32992 \begin_inset space ~
32996 \begin_inset space ~
33001 enables the change tracking option
33004 \begin_inset space ~
33008 \begin_inset space ~
33012 \begin_inset space ~
33017 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33020 \begin_layout Section
33021 International Support
33022 \begin_inset Index idx
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 International support
33034 \begin_layout Standard
33035 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33036 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33037 how to set up LyX to use them:
33038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33040 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33047 \begin_layout Standard
33048 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33049 \begin_inset space ~
33053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33055 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33062 \begin_layout Subsection
33064 \begin_inset Index idx
33067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 \begin_inset Index idx
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 Document ! Settings
33084 \begin_inset Index idx
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 Document ! Language
33096 \begin_layout Standard
33099 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33102 dialog lets you set
33104 the language and character encoding for your language.
33108 \begin_layout Standard
33109 Choose your language in the
33113 section of this dialog.
33121 \begin_layout Standard
33126 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33131 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33132 For details about the different encoding options see section
33133 \begin_inset space ~
33137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33139 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33146 \begin_layout Subsection
33147 Keyboard mapping configuration
33148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33150 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33157 \begin_layout Standard
33158 If you have for example a U.
33159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33162 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33163 can use an alternate keymap.
33164 For example, if you have a U.
33165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33168 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33169 use an Italian keymap.
33170 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33172 \begin_inset space ~
33176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33178 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33183 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33184 which one you want to use.
33187 \begin_layout Standard
33188 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33189 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33190 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33191 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33192 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33193 one to support the characters you want.
33194 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33201 \begin_layout Subsection
33205 \begin_layout Standard
33207 \begin_inset space ~
33211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33213 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33222 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33226 \begin_layout Standard
33227 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33228 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33236 \begin_layout Itemize
33237 Even if you have selected
33243 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33246 dialog, users who have only the
33250 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33254 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33255 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33256 french quotes will not show up.
33259 \begin_layout Standard
33260 \begin_inset Float table
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 \begin_inset Caption
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33271 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33289 \begin_inset Tabular
33290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33291 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33302 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33303 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37721 \begin_layout Standard
37722 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37724 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37725 also the characters from
37737 \begin_layout Itemize
37746 \begin_layout Standard
37747 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37748 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37754 \begin_layout Standard
37755 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37756 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37762 \begin_layout Standard
37763 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37770 \begin_layout Standard
37771 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37778 \begin_layout Standard
37780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37786 \begin_layout Standard
37788 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37794 \begin_layout Standard
37796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37803 \begin_layout Itemize
37816 \begin_layout Standard
37818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37824 \begin_layout Standard
37826 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37832 \begin_layout Standard
37834 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37840 \begin_layout Standard
37842 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37848 \begin_layout Standard
37850 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37856 \begin_layout Standard
37858 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37866 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37867 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37868 Also make sure you're using the
37875 \begin_layout Chapter
37878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37880 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37887 \begin_layout Standard
37888 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37889 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37890 topic inside the user's guide.
37893 \begin_layout Section
37895 \begin_inset Index idx
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 \begin_layout Standard
37912 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37915 \begin_layout Subsection
37919 \begin_layout Standard
37920 Creates a new document.
37923 \begin_layout Subsection
37927 \begin_layout Standard
37928 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37929 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37930 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37933 \begin_layout Subsection
37937 \begin_layout Standard
37941 \begin_layout Subsection
37945 \begin_layout Standard
37946 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37947 Click there on a file to open it.
37950 \begin_layout Subsection
37954 \begin_layout Standard
37955 Closes the current document.
37958 \begin_layout Subsection
37962 \begin_layout Standard
37963 Closes all opened documents.
37966 \begin_layout Subsection
37970 \begin_layout Standard
37971 Saves the actual document.
37974 \begin_layout Subsection
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37982 \begin_layout Subsection
37986 \begin_layout Standard
37987 Saves all opened documents.
37990 \begin_layout Subsection
37994 \begin_layout Standard
37995 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37998 \begin_layout Subsection
38002 \begin_layout Standard
38003 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
38004 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
38005 It is described in the section
38007 Version Control in LyX
38011 Additional Features
38016 \begin_layout Subsection
38020 \begin_layout Standard
38021 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38022 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
38024 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
38027 \begin_layout Standard
38028 When using the menu entry
38031 \begin_inset space ~
38036 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38040 \begin_inset space ~
38044 \begin_inset space ~
38049 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38050 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38053 \begin_layout Subsection
38055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38064 \begin_layout Standard
38065 You can export your document to various file formats.
38066 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38067 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38068 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38071 \begin_layout Standard
38072 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38074 \begin_inset space ~
38078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38080 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38087 \begin_layout Description
38093 \begin_inset space ~
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38107 yX format of the special LyX
38108 \begin_inset space ~
38111 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38112 \begin_inset Newline newline
38115 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38118 \begin_layout Description
38119 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38125 \begin_layout Description
38127 \begin_inset space ~
38130 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38136 \begin_layout Description
38137 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38138 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38139 files paths or file names in your document.
38140 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38147 \begin_layout Description
38148 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38149 in files paths or file names
38152 \begin_layout Description
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 eX) DVI-format using the program
38172 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38175 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38191 \begin_layout Description
38193 \begin_inset space ~
38196 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38200 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38205 \begin_layout Description
38206 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38210 \begin_layout Description
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38216 \begin_inset space ~
38219 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38223 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38231 \begin_layout Description
38238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38275 \begin_layout Description
38282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 \begin_inset space ~
38295 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38296 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38300 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38303 \begin_layout Description
38310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 \begin_inset space ~
38323 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38324 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38332 \begin_layout Description
38339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 \begin_inset space ~
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38376 \begin_layout Description
38378 \begin_inset space ~
38382 \begin_inset space ~
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38401 music notation software
38406 \begin_layout Description
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 \begin_inset space ~
38427 \begin_inset space ~
38430 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38431 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38432 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38435 \begin_layout Description
38442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 \begin_inset space ~
38455 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38471 represent the version number)
38474 \begin_layout Description
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38490 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38493 \begin_layout Description
38494 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38499 \begin_layout Description
38500 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38502 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38505 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38509 \begin_layout Description
38513 \begin_inset space ~
38518 PDF-format using the program
38522 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38525 \begin_layout Description
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 PDF-format using the program
38549 , produces PDF-files directly
38552 \begin_layout Description
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38561 PDF-format using the program
38565 , produces PDF-files directly
38568 \begin_layout Description
38572 \begin_inset space ~
38577 PDF-format using the program
38581 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38584 \begin_layout Description
38588 \begin_inset space ~
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38604 PDF-format using the program
38608 , produces PDF-files directly
38611 \begin_layout Description
38615 \begin_inset space ~
38623 \begin_layout Description
38627 \begin_inset space ~
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38636 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38637 and then exported as text using the program
38642 \begin_layout Description
38647 PostScript format using the program
38652 \begin_layout Description
38653 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38654 programming language
38667 it is possible to use
38674 \begin_layout Standard
38675 If one of the menu entries
38682 \begin_inset space ~
38691 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38692 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38699 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38704 \begin_inset Index idx
38707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38708 Reconfiguration of LyX
38716 \begin_layout Subsection
38720 \begin_layout Standard
38721 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38722 format or send it to a printer.
38723 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38724 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38730 For more information have a look at section
38731 \begin_inset space ~
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38750 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38751 prefix, see section
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38758 reference "sec:Paths"
38763 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38772 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38773 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38774 \begin_inset space ~
38778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38780 reference "sub:Converters"
38787 \begin_layout Subsection
38788 New and Close Window
38791 \begin_layout Standard
38792 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38795 \begin_layout Subsection
38799 \begin_layout Standard
38800 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38803 \begin_layout Section
38805 \begin_inset Index idx
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38817 \begin_layout Subsection
38821 \begin_layout Standard
38822 Described in section
38823 \begin_inset space ~
38827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38829 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38836 \begin_layout Subsection
38837 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38840 \begin_layout Standard
38841 Described in section
38842 \begin_inset space ~
38846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38848 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38855 \begin_layout Subsection
38859 \begin_layout Standard
38860 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38861 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38864 \begin_layout Subsection
38868 \begin_layout Standard
38869 Selects the whole document.
38872 \begin_layout Subsection
38873 Find & Replace (Quick)
38876 \begin_layout Standard
38877 Described in section
38878 \begin_inset space ~
38882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38884 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38891 \begin_layout Subsection
38892 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38895 \begin_layout Standard
38896 Described in section
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38903 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38910 \begin_layout Subsection
38911 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38914 \begin_layout Standard
38915 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38919 \begin_layout Subsection
38923 \begin_layout Standard
38924 Described in section
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38931 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38938 \begin_layout Subsection
38940 \begin_inset Index idx
38943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 Paragraph ! Settings
38952 \begin_layout Standard
38953 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38954 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38959 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38960 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38968 \begin_inset space ~
38976 \begin_layout Subsection
38977 Table Settings and Math
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38981 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38983 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38984 The properties of tables are described in section
38985 \begin_inset space ~
38989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38991 reference "sec:Tables"
38995 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38996 \begin_inset space ~
39000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39002 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39009 \begin_layout Subsection
39010 Increase / Decrease List Depth
39013 \begin_layout Standard
39014 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
39016 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
39017 \begin_inset space ~
39021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39023 reference "sec:Nesting"
39028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39030 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39037 \begin_layout Section
39039 \begin_inset Index idx
39042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39051 \begin_layout Standard
39052 At the bottom of the
39056 menu the opened documents are listed.
39059 \begin_layout Subsection
39060 Open/Close all Insets
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39064 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39067 \begin_layout Subsection
39068 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39075 \begin_layout Standard
39076 Math macros are described in the
39083 \begin_layout Subsection
39087 \begin_layout Standard
39088 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39090 \begin_inset space ~
39094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39096 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39103 \begin_layout Subsection
39107 \begin_layout Standard
39108 Opens a window showing console messages.
39109 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39113 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39114 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39117 \begin_layout Subsection
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39122 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39123 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39130 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39134 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39141 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39145 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39146 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39147 \begin_inset space ~
39151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39153 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39158 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39159 The default output format is
39162 \begin_inset space ~
39170 \begin_layout Subsection
39171 View (Other Formats)
39174 \begin_layout Standard
39175 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39176 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39177 actual document with an external program.
39178 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39179 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39180 All possible formats are listed in section
39181 \begin_inset space ~
39185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39187 reference "sub:Export"
39192 You should at least see the menu entry
39197 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39198 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39205 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39210 \begin_inset Index idx
39213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 Reconfiguration of LyX
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39224 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39225 \begin_inset space ~
39229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39231 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39236 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39239 \begin_layout Subsection
39243 \begin_layout Standard
39244 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39245 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39248 \begin_layout Subsection
39249 Update (Other Formats)
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39253 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39254 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39257 \begin_layout Subsection
39258 View Master Document
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39278 \begin_inset space ~
39283 manual for more information on this topic).
39284 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39285 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39290 generates the output of the whole book, while
39294 will just output the chapter alone.
39297 \begin_layout Standard
39298 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39299 in the preferences (see sec.
39300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39306 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39310 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39317 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39324 \begin_layout Subsection
39325 Update Master Document
39328 \begin_layout Standard
39329 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39350 manual for more information on this topic).
39351 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39352 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39356 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39357 in the preferences (see sec.
39358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39364 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39368 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39375 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39382 \begin_layout Subsection
39386 \begin_layout Standard
39387 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39388 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39389 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39390 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39391 or more documents at the same time.
39392 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39399 \begin_layout Subsection
39403 \begin_layout Standard
39404 Closes a split view.
39407 \begin_layout Subsection
39411 \begin_layout Standard
39412 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39413 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39414 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39415 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39416 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39419 \begin_layout Subsection
39421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39423 name "sub:Toolbars"
39428 \begin_inset Index idx
39431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39440 \begin_layout Standard
39441 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39442 All toolbars and the
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39450 can be turned on and off.
39455 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39467 \begin_inset space ~
39475 \begin_inset space ~
39484 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39488 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39495 \begin_layout Standard
39500 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39504 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39505 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39506 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39507 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39508 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39511 \begin_layout Standard
39512 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39519 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39526 \begin_layout Section
39528 \begin_inset Index idx
39531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39540 \begin_layout Subsection
39544 \begin_layout Standard
39545 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39552 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39563 \begin_layout Subsection
39565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39567 name "sub:Special-Character"
39574 \begin_layout Standard
39575 Here you can insert the following characters:
39578 \begin_layout Description
39579 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39580 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39581 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39582 \begin_inset Newline newline
39586 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39594 Not all characters will be visible in the
39598 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39606 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39610 ) can display every character.
39618 \begin_layout Description
39619 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39623 \begin_layout Description
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_inset space ~
39632 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39633 \begin_inset space ~
39637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39639 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39646 \begin_layout Description
39648 \begin_inset space ~
39651 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39664 \begin_layout Description
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39670 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809482
39672 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809484
39676 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809487
39678 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39682 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809513
39683 in the quotation marks style selected in the
39685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39697 \begin_layout Description
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39702 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39706 \begin_layout Description
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39711 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39715 \begin_layout Description
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39720 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39724 \begin_layout Description
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset Index idx
39733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39740 \begin_inset Index idx
39743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39744 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39750 \change_deleted -712698321 1345808954
39751 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset
39752 \change_inserted -712698321 1345808969
39753 Inserts a box where
39754 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809001
39759 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809047
39760 commands to create IPA phonetic
39763 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809189
39764 from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which
39765 provides a large set of these symbols
39769 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809068
39771 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809068
39775 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809224
39776 with traditional LaTeX
39778 you must have the LaTeX-package
39783 \begin_inset Index idx
39786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39787 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39793 \begin_inset Newline newline
39797 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809282
39799 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809283
39802 ore information about this feature
39803 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809286
39804 we refer you to the documentation of
39807 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39815 and this Wiki-page:
39816 \begin_inset Newline newline
39820 \begin_inset Flex URL
39823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39825 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39831 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809397
39832 can be found in the Linguistics manual (
39834 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39835 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39843 \begin_layout Subsection
39847 \begin_layout Standard
39848 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39851 \begin_layout Description
39852 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39853 \begin_inset script superscript
39855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39864 \begin_layout Description
39865 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39866 \begin_inset script subscript
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39882 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39889 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39896 \begin_layout Description
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39901 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39908 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39915 \begin_layout Description
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39920 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39927 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39934 \begin_layout Description
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39939 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39946 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39953 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39958 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39965 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39972 \begin_layout Description
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39977 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39984 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39991 \begin_layout Description
39992 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39999 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
40006 \begin_layout Description
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40011 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
40025 \begin_layout Description
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40030 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40037 reference "sub:Ligatures"
40044 \begin_layout Description
40046 \begin_inset space ~
40050 \begin_inset space ~
40053 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40060 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40067 \begin_layout Description
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40072 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
40073 text line to the page border, see section
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40080 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40087 \begin_layout Description
40089 \begin_inset space ~
40092 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
40093 \begin_inset space ~
40097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40099 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40106 \begin_layout Description
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40111 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40112 text page to the page border, described in section
40113 \begin_inset space ~
40117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40119 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40126 \begin_layout Description
40128 \begin_inset space ~
40131 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40132 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40138 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40145 \begin_layout Description
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_inset space ~
40154 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40161 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40168 \begin_layout Subsection
40172 \begin_layout Standard
40173 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40174 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40176 \begin_inset space ~
40180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40182 reference "sec:toc"
40187 The index list is described in section
40188 \begin_inset space ~
40192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40194 reference "sec:Index"
40198 , the nomenclature in section
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40205 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40209 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40216 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40223 \begin_layout Subsection
40227 \begin_layout Standard
40228 To insert floats, described in section
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sec:Floats"
40242 \begin_layout Subsection
40246 \begin_layout Standard
40247 To insert notes, described in section
40248 \begin_inset space ~
40252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40254 reference "sec:Notes"
40261 \begin_layout Subsection
40265 \begin_layout Standard
40266 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40273 reference "sec:Branches"
40280 \begin_layout Subsection
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40285 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40286 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40288 An example is the document class
40289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40296 with three custom insets.
40299 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40305 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40308 \begin_layout Subsection
40310 \begin_inset Index idx
40313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40322 \begin_layout Standard
40323 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40325 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40332 \begin_inset space ~
40340 \begin_layout Subsection
40342 \begin_inset Index idx
40345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40355 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40356 \begin_inset space ~
40360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40362 reference "sec:Minipages"
40367 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40374 \begin_inset space ~
40382 \begin_layout Subsection
40386 \begin_layout Standard
40387 Inserts a citation as described in section
40388 \begin_inset space ~
40392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40394 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40401 \begin_layout Subsection
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40406 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40407 \begin_inset space ~
40411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40413 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40420 \begin_layout Subsection
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40425 Inserts a label as described in section
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40432 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40439 \begin_layout Subsection
40441 \begin_inset Index idx
40444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40451 \begin_inset Index idx
40454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40455 Longtables ! Caption
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40464 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40465 Floats are described in section
40466 \begin_inset space ~
40470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40472 reference "sec:Floats"
40476 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40483 \begin_inset space ~
40491 \begin_layout Subsection
40495 \begin_layout Standard
40496 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40497 \begin_inset space ~
40501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40503 reference "sec:Index"
40510 \begin_layout Subsection
40514 \begin_layout Standard
40515 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40516 \begin_inset space ~
40520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40522 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40529 \begin_layout Subsection
40533 \begin_layout Standard
40535 Tables are described in section
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40542 reference "sec:Tables"
40549 \begin_layout Subsection
40553 \begin_layout Standard
40555 Graphics are described in section
40556 \begin_inset space ~
40560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40562 reference "sec:Graphics"
40569 \begin_layout Subsection
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40574 Inserts a URL as described in section
40575 \begin_inset space ~
40579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40581 reference "sub:URLs"
40588 \begin_layout Subsection
40592 \begin_layout Standard
40593 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40594 \begin_inset space ~
40598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40600 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40607 \begin_layout Subsection
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40612 Inserts a footnote, see section
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40619 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40626 \begin_layout Subsection
40630 \begin_layout Standard
40631 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40632 \begin_inset space ~
40636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40638 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40645 \begin_layout Subsection
40649 \begin_layout Standard
40650 Inserts a short title, see section
40651 \begin_inset space ~
40655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40657 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40664 \begin_layout Subsection
40668 \begin_layout Standard
40669 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40676 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40683 \begin_layout Subsection
40685 \begin_inset Index idx
40688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40697 \begin_layout Standard
40698 Inserts a program listings box.
40699 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40701 Program Code Listings
40706 \begin_inset space ~
40714 \begin_layout Subsection
40718 \begin_layout Standard
40719 Inserts the actual date.
40720 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40722 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40730 \begin_inset space ~
40738 \begin_layout Subsection
40742 \begin_layout Standard
40743 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40744 \begin_inset space ~
40748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40750 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40757 \begin_layout Section
40759 \begin_inset Index idx
40762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40771 \begin_layout Standard
40772 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40773 \begin_inset space ~
40776 of the current document.
40777 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40780 \begin_layout Subsection
40784 \begin_layout Standard
40785 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40786 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40792 \begin_inset space \space{}
40796 \begin_inset space ~
40800 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40801 \begin_inset space ~
40804 2.5 and use the submenu
40807 \begin_inset space ~
40811 \begin_inset space ~
40818 \begin_inset space ~
40824 \begin_inset space ~
40828 \begin_inset space ~
40834 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40838 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40844 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40850 \begin_layout Standard
40851 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40852 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40855 \begin_layout Subsection
40856 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40859 \begin_layout Standard
40860 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40864 \begin_layout Subsection
40868 \begin_layout Standard
40869 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40870 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40871 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40875 \begin_inset space ~
40879 \begin_inset space ~
40887 \begin_layout Subsection
40891 \begin_layout Standard
40892 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40893 in the output, see section
40896 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset space ~
40909 manual for a detailed description.
40912 \begin_layout Section
40914 \begin_inset Index idx
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 \begin_layout Subsection
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40931 Change Tracking is described in section
40932 \begin_inset space ~
40936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40938 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40945 \begin_layout Subsection
40950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40961 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40963 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40966 \begin_layout Standard
40967 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40972 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40975 \begin_layout Subsection
40979 \begin_layout Standard
40980 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40981 \begin_inset space ~
40985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40987 reference "sec:Navigating"
40992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40994 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
41001 \begin_layout Subsection
41002 Start Appendix Here
41005 \begin_layout Standard
41006 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
41007 position as described in section
41008 \begin_inset space ~
41012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41014 reference "sec:Appendices"
41021 \begin_layout Subsection
41025 \begin_layout Standard
41026 Un/compresses the current document.
41029 \begin_layout Subsection
41033 \begin_layout Standard
41034 The document settings are described in appendix
41035 \begin_inset space ~
41039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41041 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
41048 \begin_layout Section
41050 \begin_inset Index idx
41053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 \begin_layout Subsection
41066 \begin_layout Standard
41067 Spell checking is explained in section
41068 \begin_inset space ~
41072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41074 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41081 \begin_layout Subsection
41085 \begin_layout Standard
41086 The thesaurus is described in section
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41093 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
41100 \begin_layout Subsection
41102 \begin_inset Index idx
41105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 \begin_inset Index idx
41115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41124 \begin_layout Standard
41125 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41129 \begin_layout Subsection
41131 \begin_inset Index idx
41134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41144 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41148 \begin_layout Subsection
41150 \begin_inset Index idx
41153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41154 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41165 Reconfiguration of LyX
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41182 \begin_inset Index idx
41185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41186 Reconfiguration of LyX
41194 \begin_layout Standard
41195 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41196 and programs it needs; see also section
41197 \begin_inset space ~
41201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41203 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41210 \begin_layout Subsection
41214 \begin_layout Standard
41215 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41216 \begin_inset space ~
41220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41222 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41229 \begin_layout Section
41231 \begin_inset Index idx
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41243 \begin_layout Standard
41244 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41246 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41250 \begin_layout Standard
41254 \begin_inset space ~
41259 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41260 found by LyX (see also section
41261 \begin_inset space ~
41265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41267 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41274 \begin_layout Section
41276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41278 name "sec:Toolbars"
41285 \begin_layout Standard
41286 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41287 \begin_inset space ~
41291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41293 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41300 \begin_layout Standard
41301 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41302 This is described in the
41304 Additional Features
41309 \begin_layout Subsection
41311 \begin_inset Index idx
41314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41323 \begin_layout Standard
41324 \begin_inset Graphics
41325 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41333 \begin_layout Standard
41334 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41340 \begin_layout Standard
41341 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 \begin_inset Note Note
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41362 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41367 manual for more information.
41375 \begin_layout Standard
41376 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41382 \begin_layout Standard
41383 \begin_inset Tabular
41384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41385 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 \begin_inset Graphics
41394 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 pull-down box for the environments
41421 \begin_layout Standard
41422 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41428 \begin_layout Standard
41430 \begin_inset Tabular
41431 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41432 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41433 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41434 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41488 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 arg "dialog-show print"
41542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41548 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41578 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41698 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41796 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41797 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41825 Emphasize text, function of the
41827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41829 \begin_inset space ~
41840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41861 Set text to noun style, function of the
41863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41865 \begin_inset space ~
41876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41885 arg "textstyle-apply"
41893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41897 Formats text using the current settings in the
41899 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41901 \begin_inset space ~
41912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41936 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41938 \begin_inset space ~
41947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 arg "tabular-insert"
41992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42014 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
42022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 Toggle outline window on/off,
42028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42035 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42044 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
42052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42056 Toggle math toolbar on/off
42062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42071 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
42079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42083 Toggle table toolbar on/off
42096 \begin_layout Subsection
42098 \begin_inset Index idx
42101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42110 \begin_layout Standard
42111 \begin_inset Graphics
42112 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42120 \begin_layout Standard
42121 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42127 \begin_layout Standard
42128 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42132 \begin_layout Standard
42133 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42139 \begin_layout Standard
42140 \begin_inset Tabular
42141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42142 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42143 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42144 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 arg "layout Enumerate"
42189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 arg "layout Itemize"
42216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42262 arg "layout Description"
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42280 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 arg "depth-increment"
42297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42305 \begin_inset space ~
42309 \begin_inset space ~
42318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42327 arg "depth-decrement"
42335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42343 \begin_inset space ~
42347 \begin_inset space ~
42356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 arg "float-insert figure"
42373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42380 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42396 arg "float-insert table"
42404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42411 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42487 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42533 \begin_inset space ~
42542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42551 arg "nomencl-insert"
42559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42567 \begin_inset space ~
42576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 arg "footnote-insert"
42593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42615 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42631 \begin_inset space ~
42640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42664 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42666 \begin_inset space ~
42675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42775 \begin_inset space ~
42784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42793 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42808 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42824 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42841 \begin_inset space ~
42850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42859 arg "dialog-show character"
42867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42875 \begin_inset space ~
42884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 arg "layout-paragraph"
42901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42907 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42909 \begin_inset space ~
42918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42927 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42941 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42955 \begin_layout Subsection
42956 View / Update Toolbar
42957 \begin_inset Index idx
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42961 Toolbar ! View / Update
42969 \begin_layout Standard
42970 \begin_inset Graphics
42971 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42978 \begin_layout Standard
42979 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42985 \begin_layout Standard
42986 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42990 \begin_layout Standard
42991 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42997 \begin_layout Standard
42998 \begin_inset Tabular
42999 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
43000 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
43001 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
43002 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
43003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 arg "buffer-update"
43050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43072 arg "master-buffer-view"
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43086 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43102 arg "master-buffer-update"
43110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43116 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43118 \begin_inset space ~
43127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43136 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43151 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43152 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43153 Synchronize with Output
43159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43164 \begin_inset Graphics
43165 filename ../images/view-others.png
43167 groupId toolbarbuttons
43178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43185 View (Other Formats)
43191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43196 \begin_inset Graphics
43197 filename ../images/update-others.png
43199 groupId toolbarbuttons
43208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43215 Update (Other Formats)
43228 \begin_layout Standard
43229 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43233 \begin_layout Subsection
43237 \begin_layout Standard
43238 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43239 \begin_inset space ~
43243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43245 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43249 , the table toolbar
43250 \begin_inset Index idx
43253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43262 \begin_inset space ~
43267 manual, the math macro toolbar
43268 \begin_inset Index idx
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43284 \begin_layout Chapter
43285 The Document Settings
43286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43288 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43293 \begin_inset Index idx
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 Document ! Settings
43305 \begin_layout Standard
43306 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43307 whole document and is called with the menu
43309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43313 You can save your document settings as default with the
43315 Save as Document Defaults
43317 button in the dialog.
43318 This will create a template named
43322 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43326 \begin_layout Standard
43331 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43332 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43335 \begin_layout Standard
43336 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43339 \begin_layout Section
43343 \begin_layout Standard
43344 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43346 Document classes are described in section
43347 \begin_inset space ~
43351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43353 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43361 \begin_layout Standard
43365 \begin_inset space ~
43370 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43374 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43375 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43377 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43386 \begin_layout Standard
43387 Some classes use special class options by default.
43388 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43392 and you can decide to use them or not.
43393 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43394 recommended to leave them untouched.
43399 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43404 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43405 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43411 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43412 \begin_inset Newline newline
43417 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43420 \begin_inset Newline newline
43423 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43429 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43431 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43443 \begin_layout Standard
43444 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43446 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43447 document is opened without its master.
43448 This way child documents are always compilable.
43449 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43456 \begin_inset space ~
43464 \begin_layout Standard
43465 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43475 \begin_inset Index idx
43478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43479 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43485 \begin_inset Index idx
43488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43489 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43494 for cross-references, see sec.
43495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43501 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43508 \begin_layout Section
43512 \begin_layout Standard
43513 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43514 Please refer to the section
43517 \begin_inset space ~
43525 \begin_inset space ~
43530 manual for details.
43533 \begin_layout Section
43537 \begin_layout Standard
43538 Modules are explained in section
43539 \begin_inset space ~
43543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43545 reference "sub:Modules"
43552 \begin_layout Section
43556 \begin_layout Standard
43558 \begin_inset space ~
43562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43564 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43571 \begin_layout Section
43575 \begin_layout Standard
43576 The document font settings are described in section
43577 \begin_inset space ~
43581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43583 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43590 \begin_layout Section
43594 \begin_layout Standard
43595 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43597 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43600 \begin_layout Standard
43601 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43602 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43604 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43607 \begin_layout Section
43611 \begin_layout Standard
43612 A description of this menu is given in section
43613 \begin_inset space ~
43617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43619 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43626 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43633 \begin_layout Section
43637 \begin_layout Standard
43638 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43639 \begin_inset space ~
43643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43645 reference "sub:Margins"
43652 \begin_layout Section
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43656 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43661 \begin_inset Index idx
43664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43665 Language ! Encoding
43673 \begin_layout Standard
43674 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43675 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43676 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43677 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43678 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43679 known for a particular character).
43683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43684 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43689 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43694 manual for details.
43702 \begin_layout Standard
43703 If you use the option
43707 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43708 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43709 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43710 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43711 exactly one encoding.
43712 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43715 \begin_layout Standard
43716 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43717 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43718 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43719 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43720 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43721 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43726 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43727 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43728 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43729 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43730 engines to standard LaTeX.
43731 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43732 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43735 \begin_inset space ~
43742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43754 \begin_inset space ~
43761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43773 \begin_inset space ~
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43785 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43790 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43794 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43797 \begin_layout Standard
43801 \begin_inset space ~
43806 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43816 The possible settings are:
43819 \begin_layout Description
43820 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43822 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43823 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43827 \begin_inset space ~
43831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43833 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43840 \begin_layout Description
43841 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43842 format you will use.
43843 In many cases this will be
43848 \begin_inset Index idx
43851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43852 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43858 If the newer package
43863 \begin_inset Index idx
43866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43867 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43872 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43873 this package will be used instead of
43880 \begin_layout Description
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43893 would be more appropriate.
43896 \begin_layout Description
43897 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43898 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43902 (for German texts), type in
43905 \begin_inset Newline newline
43910 usepackage{ngerman}
43913 \begin_layout Description
43914 None will not use a language package.
43915 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43918 \begin_layout Standard
43919 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43922 \begin_layout Description
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43939 , but the LaTeX-package
43944 \begin_inset Index idx
43947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43948 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43954 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43955 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43956 languages in TeX code.
43959 \begin_layout Description
43960 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43961 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43962 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43965 \begin_layout Description
43967 \begin_inset space ~
43971 \begin_inset space ~
43974 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43977 \begin_layout Description
43979 \begin_inset space ~
43983 \begin_inset space ~
43986 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43989 \begin_layout Description
43991 \begin_inset space ~
43994 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43997 \begin_layout Description
43999 \begin_inset space ~
44003 \begin_inset space ~
44006 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
44007 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
44010 \begin_layout Description
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44019 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
44023 \begin_layout Description
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44032 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
44033 ISO-8859-13 encoding
44036 \begin_layout Description
44038 \begin_inset space ~
44042 \begin_inset space ~
44046 \begin_inset space ~
44049 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
44050 \begin_inset space ~
44056 \begin_layout Description
44058 \begin_inset space ~
44062 \begin_inset space ~
44066 \begin_inset space ~
44069 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
44070 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
44073 \begin_layout Description
44075 \begin_inset space ~
44079 \begin_inset space ~
44082 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
44083 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
44084 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44085 \begin_inset space ~
44089 \begin_inset space ~
44095 \begin_layout Description
44097 \begin_inset space ~
44101 \begin_inset space ~
44104 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
44105 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
44106 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
44107 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44108 \begin_inset space ~
44112 \begin_inset space ~
44118 \begin_layout Description
44120 \begin_inset space ~
44124 \begin_inset space ~
44127 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44130 \begin_layout Description
44132 \begin_inset space ~
44136 \begin_inset space ~
44139 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44142 \begin_layout Description
44144 \begin_inset space ~
44148 \begin_inset space ~
44151 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44154 \begin_layout Description
44156 \begin_inset space ~
44159 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44162 \begin_layout Description
44164 \begin_inset space ~
44167 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44170 \begin_layout Description
44172 \begin_inset space ~
44176 \begin_inset space ~
44179 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44182 \begin_layout Description
44184 \begin_inset space ~
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44194 \begin_layout Description
44196 \begin_inset space ~
44200 \begin_inset space ~
44203 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44206 \begin_layout Description
44208 \begin_inset space ~
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44218 \begin_layout Description
44220 \begin_inset space ~
44224 \begin_inset space ~
44227 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44232 \begin_inset Index idx
44235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44236 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44241 , when using this, set the document language to
44246 \begin_layout Description
44248 \begin_inset space ~
44252 \begin_inset space ~
44255 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44259 , when using this, set the document language to
44262 \begin_inset space ~
44268 \begin_layout Description
44270 \begin_inset space ~
44274 \begin_inset space ~
44277 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44282 \begin_inset Index idx
44285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44286 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44291 , when using this, set the document language to
44296 \begin_layout Description
44298 \begin_inset space ~
44302 \begin_inset space ~
44305 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44309 , when using this, set the document language to
44314 \begin_layout Description
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44320 \begin_inset space ~
44323 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44327 , when using this, set the document language to
44332 \begin_layout Description
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44337 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44340 \begin_layout Description
44342 \begin_inset space ~
44346 \begin_inset space ~
44350 \begin_inset space ~
44353 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44356 \begin_layout Description
44358 \begin_inset space ~
44362 \begin_inset space ~
44366 \begin_inset space ~
44369 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44370 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44371 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44374 \begin_layout Description
44376 \begin_inset space ~
44380 \begin_inset space ~
44386 \begin_layout Description
44388 \begin_inset space ~
44392 \begin_inset space ~
44395 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44396 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44399 \begin_layout Description
44401 \begin_inset space ~
44405 \begin_inset space ~
44408 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44413 \begin_inset Index idx
44416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44417 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44422 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44425 \begin_layout Description
44427 \begin_inset space ~
44431 \begin_inset space ~
44434 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44442 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44447 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44449 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44452 \begin_layout Description
44454 \begin_inset space ~
44458 \begin_inset space ~
44461 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44466 \begin_inset Index idx
44469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44470 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44475 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44478 \begin_layout Description
44480 \begin_inset space ~
44483 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44488 \begin_inset Index idx
44491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44492 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44498 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44502 \begin_layout Description
44504 \begin_inset space ~
44508 \begin_inset space ~
44512 \begin_inset space ~
44515 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44516 \begin_inset space ~
44522 \begin_layout Description
44524 \begin_inset space ~
44528 \begin_inset space ~
44532 \begin_inset space ~
44535 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44536 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44537 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44541 \begin_layout Description
44543 \begin_inset space ~
44547 \begin_inset space ~
44551 \begin_inset space ~
44554 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44555 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44558 \begin_layout Standard
44559 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44568 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44572 for more information on the language package.
44575 \begin_layout Section
44577 \begin_inset Index idx
44580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44587 \begin_inset Index idx
44590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44599 \begin_layout Standard
44600 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44602 \begin_inset space ~
44605 out notes (default: light grey).
44610 sets the color back to the default.
44613 \begin_layout Standard
44614 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44616 \begin_inset space ~
44619 boxes (default: red).
44622 \begin_layout Standard
44623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44627 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44629 \begin_inset space ~
44632 out note appears blue in the output.)
44640 \begin_layout Standard
44641 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44644 \begin_inset space ~
44649 in the document settings under
44652 \begin_inset space ~
44657 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44660 \begin_inset space ~
44668 \begin_inset space ~
44674 For example the option
44677 \begin_layout Standard
44683 \begin_layout Standard
44684 sets the link text color to black.
44685 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44690 \begin_inset Index idx
44693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44694 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44700 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44709 \begin_layout Standard
44710 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44716 \begin_layout Standard
44717 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44718 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44719 \begin_inset space ~
44722 Code behind a forced page break:
44725 \begin_layout Itemize
44726 For the page color:
44727 \begin_inset Newline newline
44734 pagecolor{color name}
44737 \begin_layout Itemize
44738 For the text color:
44739 \begin_inset Newline newline
44749 \begin_layout Standard
44750 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44783 \begin_inset Newline newline
44786 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44790 \begin_layout Itemize
44791 For the page background color:
44792 \begin_inset Newline newline
44797 page_backgroundcolor
44800 \begin_layout Itemize
44801 For the main text color:
44802 \begin_inset Newline newline
44810 \begin_layout Itemize
44812 \begin_inset space ~
44815 box background color:
44816 \begin_inset Newline newline
44824 \begin_layout Itemize
44826 \begin_inset space ~
44829 out note text color:
44830 \begin_inset Newline newline
44838 \begin_layout Standard
44839 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44842 \begin_inset space ~
44850 \begin_inset space ~
44858 \begin_layout Section
44862 \begin_layout Standard
44863 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44864 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44865 \begin_inset space ~
44869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44871 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44878 \begin_layout Section
44882 \begin_layout Standard
44883 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44888 \begin_inset Index idx
44891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44892 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44902 \begin_inset Index idx
44905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44906 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44912 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44917 \begin_inset Index idx
44920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44921 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44926 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44928 For a further description see section
44929 \begin_inset space ~
44933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44935 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44942 \begin_layout Section
44946 \begin_layout Standard
44947 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44948 and you can define additional indexes.
44949 Please refer to section
44950 \begin_inset space ~
44954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44956 reference "sec:Index"
44963 \begin_layout Section
44967 \begin_layout Standard
44968 The PDF properties are explained in section
44969 \begin_inset space ~
44973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44975 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44982 \begin_layout Section
44986 \begin_layout Standard
44987 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44992 \begin_inset Index idx
44995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44996 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
45006 \begin_inset Index idx
45009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45010 LaTeX-packages ! esint
45020 \begin_inset Index idx
45023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45024 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
45034 \begin_inset Index idx
45037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45038 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
45043 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
45046 \begin_layout Description
45047 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
45048 ensure that you have enabled
45051 \begin_inset space ~
45059 \begin_layout Description
45060 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
45063 \begin_inset space ~
45075 \begin_layout Description
45076 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
45087 \begin_layout Description
45088 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
45090 Chemical Symbols and Equations
45099 \begin_layout Section
45103 \begin_layout Standard
45104 The float placement options are described in section
45107 \begin_inset space ~
45115 \begin_inset space ~
45123 \begin_layout Section
45127 \begin_layout Standard
45128 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45130 Program Code Listings
45135 \begin_inset space ~
45143 \begin_layout Section
45147 \begin_layout Standard
45148 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45149 The itemize environment is described in section
45150 \begin_inset space ~
45154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45156 reference "sec:Itemize"
45163 \begin_layout Section
45167 \begin_layout Standard
45168 Branches are described in section
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45175 reference "sec:Branches"
45182 \begin_layout Section
45184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45186 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45193 \begin_layout Standard
45194 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45197 \begin_layout Description
45199 \begin_inset space ~
45203 \begin_inset space ~
45206 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45226 View Master Document
45227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45234 Update Master Document
45235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45242 menu or the toolbar.
45243 The default is set in
45245 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45246 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45256 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45263 \begin_layout Description
45265 \begin_inset space ~
45269 \begin_inset space ~
45272 Output settings for the menu
45274 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45276 \begin_inset space ~
45282 For a detailed description see section
45284 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45289 \begin_inset space ~
45297 \begin_layout Description
45299 \begin_inset space ~
45303 \begin_inset space ~
45306 Options settings for the export format
45314 \begin_inset space ~
45319 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45320 \begin_inset space ~
45323 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45327 \begin_inset space ~
45332 settings are described in detail in section
45334 Math Output in XHTML
45339 \begin_inset space ~
45345 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45348 \begin_layout Section
45353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45363 \begin_layout Standard
45364 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45365 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45366 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45367 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45371 \begin_layout Standard
45372 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45373 \begin_inset space ~
45377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45379 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45386 \begin_layout Chapter
45392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45394 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45399 \begin_inset Index idx
45402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45411 \begin_layout Standard
45412 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45418 It has the following submenus.
45421 \begin_layout Section
45425 \begin_layout Subsection
45429 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45430 User Interface File
45431 \begin_inset Index idx
45434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45435 Customization ! of toolbars
45441 \begin_inset Index idx
45444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45445 Customization ! of menus
45453 \begin_layout Standard
45454 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45455 interface (ui) file.
45456 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45457 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45466 Both files are loaded by the
45471 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45472 files and edit the entries.
45475 \begin_layout Standard
45476 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45488 entries must be finished with an explicit
45513 and in the case of the
45514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45526 The syntax for the entries is:
45529 \begin_layout Standard
45530 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45558 \begin_layout Standard
45560 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45563 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45565 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45567 \begin_inset space ~
45575 \begin_layout Standard
45576 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45582 \begin_layout Standard
45583 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45585 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45588 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45592 \begin_layout Standard
45593 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45617 \begin_layout Standard
45619 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45630 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45633 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45637 \begin_layout Standard
45638 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45639 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45640 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45643 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45654 \begin_layout Standard
45657 Enable tool tips in main work area
45659 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45667 \begin_layout Standard
45670 Restore window layouts and geometries
45672 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45673 in the last LyX session.
45676 \begin_layout Standard
45679 Restore cursor positions
45681 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45685 \begin_layout Standard
45688 Load opened files from last session
45690 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45693 \begin_layout Standard
45696 Clear all session information
45698 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45699 of last opened documents, etc.).
45702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45706 name "sub:Backup documents"
45711 \begin_inset Index idx
45714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45723 \begin_layout Standard
45726 Backup original documents when saving
45728 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45729 it was saved the last time.
45730 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45733 \begin_inset space ~
45739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45741 reference "sec:Paths"
45746 The backup file has the file extension
45747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45761 \begin_layout Standard
45764 Backup documents, every
45766 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45769 \begin_layout Standard
45772 Save documents compressed by default
45774 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45777 \begin_layout Standard
45782 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45785 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45787 \begin_inset space ~
45795 \begin_layout Standard
45798 Open documents in tabs
45800 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45804 \begin_layout Standard
45809 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45821 reference "sec:Paths"
45825 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45831 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45833 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45836 \begin_layout Standard
45839 Single close-tab button
45841 there will only be one button (
45844 \begin_inset Graphics
45845 filename ../images/closetab.png
45852 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45853 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45856 \begin_layout Standard
45857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45865 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45873 \begin_layout Subsection
45875 \begin_inset Index idx
45878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45887 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45894 \begin_layout Standard
45895 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45898 \begin_layout Standard
45899 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45907 This section only deals with the fonts
45912 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45915 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45916 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45927 \begin_layout Standard
45928 By default, LyX uses
45932 as roman (serif) font,
45940 (depends on the system) as
45943 \begin_inset space ~
45959 \begin_layout Standard
45960 You can change the font size with the
45967 \begin_layout Standard
45972 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45977 points have the size of 1
45978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45982 \begin_inset space ~
45986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45988 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45993 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45998 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45999 \begin_inset space ~
46003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46005 reference "sub:Document-Font"
46012 \begin_layout Standard
46015 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
46017 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
46018 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
46019 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
46020 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
46022 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
46023 \begin_inset space ~
46029 \begin_layout Subsection
46031 \begin_inset Index idx
46034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46041 \begin_inset Index idx
46044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46053 \begin_layout Standard
46054 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
46055 Choose an item in the list and use the
46062 \begin_layout Standard
46063 By using the option
46067 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
46070 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
46071 \begin_inset space ~
46075 \begin_inset space ~
46080 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
46083 \begin_layout Subsection
46085 \begin_inset Index idx
46088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46097 \begin_layout Standard
46098 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
46101 \begin_layout Standard
46106 enables previewing snippets of your document.
46107 This feature is described in section
46108 \begin_inset space ~
46112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46114 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46121 \begin_layout Standard
46125 \begin_inset space ~
46129 \begin_inset space ~
46133 \begin_inset space ~
46138 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46141 \begin_layout Section
46143 \begin_inset Index idx
46146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46155 \begin_layout Subsection
46159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46163 \begin_layout Standard
46166 Cursor follows scrollbar
46168 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46172 \begin_layout Standard
46173 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46174 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46175 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46178 \begin_layout Standard
46181 Scroll below end of document
46183 is self-explanatory.
46186 \begin_layout Standard
46187 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46194 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46196 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46197 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46200 \begin_layout Standard
46203 Sort environments alphabetically
46205 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46208 \begin_layout Standard
46211 Group environments by their category
46213 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46216 \begin_layout Standard
46217 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46233 \begin_layout Standard
46234 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46239 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46240 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46244 \begin_layout Subsection
46246 \begin_inset Index idx
46249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46256 \begin_inset Index idx
46259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46260 Settings ! Shortcuts
46268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46272 \begin_layout Standard
46273 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46274 Several binding files are available:
46277 \begin_layout Description
46278 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46281 \begin_layout Description
46282 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46293 \begin_layout Description
46294 mac.bind set of bindings for
46297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46305 \begin_layout Standard
46306 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46310 , and bind files for special languages.
46311 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46316 \begin_inset space \space{}
46320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46328 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46332 \begin_layout Standard
46333 Some bind-files, like
46337 , have only a small scope.
46338 When looking at the end of the file
46342 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46349 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46354 \begin_inset Index idx
46357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46358 Key Bindings ! Editing
46366 \begin_layout Standard
46367 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46368 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46369 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46372 Show key-bindings containing
46375 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46376 Insert there for example as keyword
46377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46384 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46394 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46395 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46399 that you will find in the
46406 \begin_layout Standard
46408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46412 \begin_inset space \space{}
46423 , select the function and press the
46428 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46429 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46430 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46431 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46432 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46434 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46436 The binding for the function
46440 is an example of this.
46443 \begin_layout Standard
46444 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46446 The syntax of the entries is:
46449 \begin_layout Standard
46455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46473 \begin_layout Subsection
46475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46477 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46482 \begin_inset Index idx
46485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46492 \begin_inset Index idx
46495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46496 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46504 \begin_layout Standard
46505 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46506 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46512 \begin_inset space \space{}
46515 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46516 can use the keyboard map file named
46523 \begin_layout Standard
46524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46532 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46540 \begin_layout Standard
46541 You can furthermore specify here the
46543 Wheel scrolling speed
46546 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46550 \begin_layout Standard
46555 you can select a key for zooming.
46556 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46559 \begin_layout Subsection
46563 \begin_layout Standard
46564 Input completion is described in sec.
46565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46571 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46578 \begin_layout Section
46580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46587 \begin_inset Index idx
46590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46597 \begin_inset Index idx
46600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46609 \begin_layout Description
46611 \begin_inset space ~
46614 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46615 It is the default when you
46626 \begin_inset space ~
46634 \begin_layout Description
46636 \begin_inset space ~
46639 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46641 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46643 \begin_inset space ~
46647 \begin_inset space ~
46655 \begin_layout Description
46657 \begin_inset space ~
46660 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46666 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46670 \begin_inset Newline newline
46674 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46686 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46694 \begin_layout Description
46696 \begin_inset space ~
46700 \begin_inset Index idx
46703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46709 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46710 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46711 \begin_inset space ~
46715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46717 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46725 will be used to save the backups.
46726 \begin_inset Newline newline
46729 Backup files have the ending
46730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46740 \begin_layout Description
46745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46753 \begin_inset space ~
46756 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46757 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46758 \begin_inset Newline newline
46765 You add a BibTeX-database
46770 You can edit this file with the program
46779 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46782 \begin_inset space ~
46788 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46793 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46794 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46800 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46801 \begin_inset Newline newline
46804 The pipe is also used for the
46809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46815 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46820 \begin_inset Newline newline
46823 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46824 \begin_inset Newline newline
46840 \begin_layout Description
46842 \begin_inset space ~
46845 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46848 \begin_layout Description
46850 \begin_inset space ~
46853 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46854 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46855 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46858 \begin_layout Description
46860 \begin_inset space ~
46863 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46869 You only need to specify it if you are using
46873 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46879 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46883 \begin_layout Description
46885 \begin_inset space ~
46888 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46889 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46890 to find it on the system.
46891 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46892 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46901 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46902 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46905 \begin_layout Description
46907 \begin_inset space ~
46910 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46911 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46913 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46915 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46916 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46917 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46918 scanned for the input files.
46919 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46920 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46921 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46922 on may fail for some documents.
46925 \begin_layout Section
46929 \begin_layout Standard
46930 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46931 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46933 \begin_inset space ~
46937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46939 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46943 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46946 \begin_layout Section
46948 \begin_inset Index idx
46951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46952 Language ! Settings
46958 \begin_inset Index idx
46961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46962 Settings ! Language
46970 \begin_layout Subsection
46972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46974 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46981 \begin_layout Description
46983 \begin_inset space ~
46987 \begin_inset space ~
46990 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46991 You find the actual translation status here:
46992 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46994 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
47001 \begin_layout Description
47003 \begin_inset space ~
47006 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
47008 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
47009 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
47010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47026 The most widespread language package is
47031 \begin_inset Index idx
47034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47035 LaTeX-packages ! babel
47040 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
47041 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
47042 alternative language package
47047 \begin_inset Index idx
47050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47051 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
47056 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
47057 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
47059 The available selections are described in sec.
47060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47066 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
47073 \begin_layout Description
47075 \begin_inset space ~
47078 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
47079 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
47080 An example is the start command
47086 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
47091 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47106 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47111 \begin_layout Description
47113 \begin_inset space ~
47121 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47122 command toggles the package on and off.
47125 \begin_layout Description
47127 \begin_inset space ~
47131 \begin_inset space ~
47134 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47138 \begin_layout Description
47140 \begin_inset space ~
47144 \begin_inset space ~
47147 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47148 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47149 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47150 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47157 \begin_layout Description
47159 \begin_inset space ~
47162 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47164 When this option is not set, the
47167 \begin_inset space ~
47172 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47173 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47176 \begin_inset space ~
47184 \begin_layout Description
47186 \begin_inset space ~
47192 \begin_inset space ~
47198 When it is not set, the
47201 \begin_inset space ~
47206 is set to the end of the document.
47209 \begin_layout Description
47211 \begin_inset space ~
47215 \begin_inset space ~
47218 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47219 language will be underlined in blue.
47222 \begin_layout Description
47224 \begin_inset space ~
47228 \begin_inset space ~
47231 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47232 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47235 \begin_layout Description
47237 \begin_inset space ~
47240 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47241 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47242 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47243 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47246 \begin_layout Subsection
47250 \begin_layout Standard
47251 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47252 \begin_inset space ~
47256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47258 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47265 \begin_layout Section
47269 \begin_layout Subsection
47273 \begin_layout Description
47275 \begin_inset space ~
47279 \begin_inset space ~
47282 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47285 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47286 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47288 \begin_inset space ~
47294 Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
47297 \begin_layout Description
47299 \begin_inset space ~
47303 \begin_inset Index idx
47306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47313 \begin_inset Index idx
47316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47317 Settings ! Date format
47322 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47323 \begin_inset Newline newline
47327 \begin_inset Flex URL
47330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47332 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47338 \begin_inset Newline newline
47341 For example the format
47342 \begin_inset Newline newline
47346 \begin_inset Newline newline
47349 prints the date as day/month/year.
47352 \begin_layout Description
47354 \begin_inset space ~
47358 \begin_inset space ~
47361 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47364 \begin_layout Description
47366 \begin_inset space ~
47369 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47371 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47373 \begin_inset space ~
47379 For a detailed description see section
47381 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47386 \begin_inset space ~
47394 \begin_layout Subsection
47396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47403 \begin_inset Index idx
47406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47413 \begin_inset Index idx
47416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47425 \begin_layout Description
47427 \begin_inset space ~
47430 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47431 The name will be used when the
47436 \begin_inset Newline newline
47440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47448 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47456 \begin_layout Description
47458 \begin_inset space ~
47461 command is the command LyX
47462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47469 LaTeX uses for printing.
47477 \begin_layout Description
47479 \begin_inset space ~
47483 \begin_inset space ~
47486 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47487 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47488 of the program that provides the
47495 \begin_layout Description
47497 \begin_inset space ~
47501 \begin_inset space ~
47505 \begin_inset space ~
47508 printer This option works only for the
47513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47525 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47526 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47529 \begin_layout Subsection
47534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47544 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47549 \begin_inset Index idx
47552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47561 \begin_layout Description
47563 \begin_inset space ~
47570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47578 \begin_inset space ~
47582 \begin_inset space ~
47585 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47590 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47611 are used for Cyrillic.
47612 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47625 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47626 LyX sets up in the background.
47627 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47630 \begin_layout Description
47632 \begin_inset space ~
47636 \begin_inset space ~
47639 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47644 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47647 \begin_layout Description
47649 \begin_inset space ~
47653 \begin_inset space ~
47657 \begin_inset space ~
47661 \begin_inset space ~
47664 options They only have an effect when the program
47668 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47671 \begin_layout Standard
47672 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47673 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47674 manuals of the applications.
47677 \begin_layout Description
47679 \begin_inset space ~
47682 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47683 \begin_inset space ~
47687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47689 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47696 \begin_layout Description
47698 \begin_inset space ~
47701 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47702 \begin_inset space ~
47706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47708 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47715 \begin_layout Description
47717 \begin_inset space ~
47720 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47721 \begin_inset space ~
47725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47727 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47734 \begin_layout Description
47739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47747 \begin_inset space ~
47750 command Command for the program
47754 that is described in the section
47760 Additional Features
47765 \begin_layout Standard
47766 There are additionally the following options:
47769 \begin_layout Description
47771 \begin_inset space ~
47775 \begin_inset space ~
47779 \begin_inset space ~
47783 \begin_inset space ~
47787 \begin_inset space ~
47790 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47808 to separate folders.
47809 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47810 \begin_inset Index idx
47813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47820 \begin_inset Index idx
47823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47832 \begin_layout Description
47834 \begin_inset space ~
47838 \begin_inset space ~
47842 \begin_inset space ~
47846 \begin_inset space ~
47850 \begin_inset space ~
47854 \begin_inset space ~
47857 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47862 dialog when changing the document class.
47865 \begin_layout Section
47867 \begin_inset space ~
47871 \begin_inset Index idx
47874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47883 \begin_layout Subsection
47885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47887 name "sub:Converters"
47892 \begin_inset Index idx
47895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47904 \begin_layout Standard
47905 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47906 from one format to another.
47907 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47908 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47915 \begin_inset space ~
47925 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47929 \begin_inset space ~
47934 drop-down list, modify the
47938 field and press the
47945 \begin_layout Standard
47948 Converter File Cache
47950 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47953 Maximum Age (in days
47956 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47957 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47960 \begin_layout Standard
47961 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47962 definition, is described in the section
47973 \begin_layout Subsection
47975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47977 name "sec:File-Formats"
47982 \begin_inset Index idx
47985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47992 \begin_inset Index idx
47995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48004 \begin_layout Standard
48005 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
48006 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
48010 \begin_layout Standard
48011 Furthermore, you can define the
48013 Default output format
48015 that is used when you use
48017 View, Update, View Master Document
48021 Update Master Document
48027 menu or the toolbar.
48030 \begin_layout Standard
48031 More about formats and their options is described in the section
48042 \begin_layout Standard
48043 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
48044 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
48045 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
48046 This is done by specifying a
48051 More about this is described in the section
48062 \begin_layout Chapter
48063 Units available in LyX
48064 \begin_inset Index idx
48067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48076 name "chap:Units-available-in"
48083 \begin_layout Standard
48084 To understand the units described in this documentation,
48085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
48087 reference "tab:Units"
48091 explains all units available in LyX.
48094 \begin_layout Standard
48095 \begin_inset Float table
48101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48102 \begin_inset Caption
48104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48120 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48128 \begin_inset Tabular
48129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48130 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
48131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48283 scaled point (65536
48284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48344 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48399 % of original image width
48406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48613 \begin_layout Chapter
48615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48617 name "chap:Credits"
48624 \begin_layout Standard
48625 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48626 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48629 \begin_layout Itemize
48632 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48635 \begin_layout Itemize
48641 \begin_layout Itemize
48647 \begin_layout Itemize
48653 \begin_layout Itemize
48659 \begin_layout Itemize
48665 \begin_layout Itemize
48671 \begin_layout Itemize
48677 \begin_layout Itemize
48680 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48683 \begin_layout Itemize
48689 \begin_layout Itemize
48695 \begin_layout Itemize
48701 \begin_layout Itemize
48707 \begin_layout Itemize
48713 \begin_layout Itemize
48719 \begin_layout Itemize
48725 \begin_layout Itemize
48731 \begin_layout Itemize
48733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48742 \begin_layout Standard
48743 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48746 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48753 \begin_layout Bibliography
48754 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48755 LatexCommand bibitem
48762 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48765 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48770 \begin_inset Newline newline
48774 \begin_inset Flex URL
48777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48779 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48787 \begin_layout Bibliography
48788 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48789 LatexCommand bibitem
48790 key "latexcompanion"
48794 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48796 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48799 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48802 \begin_layout Bibliography
48803 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48804 LatexCommand bibitem
48809 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48812 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48815 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48818 \begin_layout Bibliography
48819 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48820 LatexCommand bibitem
48827 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48830 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48833 \begin_layout Bibliography
48834 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48835 LatexCommand bibitem
48847 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48850 \begin_layout Bibliography
48851 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48852 LatexCommand bibitem
48858 \begin_inset Newline newline
48862 \begin_inset Flex URL
48865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48867 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48875 \begin_layout Bibliography
48876 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48877 LatexCommand bibitem
48883 \begin_inset Newline newline
48887 \begin_inset Flex URL
48890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48892 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48900 \begin_layout Bibliography
48901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48902 LatexCommand bibitem
48908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48910 name "Documentation"
48911 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48920 \begin_inset Newline newline
48924 \begin_inset Flex URL
48927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48929 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48937 \begin_layout Bibliography
48938 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48939 LatexCommand bibitem
48945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48947 name "Documentation"
48948 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48952 how to use the program
48957 \begin_inset Newline newline
48961 \begin_inset Flex URL
48964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48966 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48974 \begin_layout Bibliography
48975 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48976 LatexCommand bibitem
48982 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48984 name "Documentation"
48985 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48994 \begin_inset Newline newline
48998 \begin_inset Flex URL
49001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49003 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
49011 \begin_layout Bibliography
49012 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49013 LatexCommand bibitem
49019 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49021 name "Documentation"
49022 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
49031 \begin_inset Newline newline
49035 \begin_inset Flex URL
49038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49040 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
49048 \begin_layout Bibliography
49049 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49050 LatexCommand bibitem
49056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49058 name "Documentation"
49059 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
49063 of the LaTeX-package
49068 \begin_inset Index idx
49071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49072 LaTeX-packages ! caption
49078 \begin_inset Newline newline
49082 \begin_inset Flex URL
49085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49087 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49095 \begin_layout Bibliography
49096 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49097 LatexCommand bibitem
49103 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49105 name "Documentation"
49106 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49110 of the LaTeX-package
49115 \begin_inset Index idx
49118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49119 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49125 \begin_inset Newline newline
49129 \begin_inset Flex URL
49132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49134 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49142 \begin_layout Bibliography
49143 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49144 LatexCommand bibitem
49150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49152 name "Documentation"
49153 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49157 of the LaTeX-package
49162 \begin_inset Index idx
49165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49166 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49172 \begin_inset Newline newline
49176 \begin_inset Flex URL
49179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49181 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49189 \begin_layout Bibliography
49190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49191 LatexCommand bibitem
49197 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49199 name "Documentation"
49200 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49204 of the LaTeX-package
49209 \begin_inset Index idx
49212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49213 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49219 \begin_inset Newline newline
49223 \begin_inset Flex URL
49226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49228 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49236 \begin_layout Bibliography
49237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49238 LatexCommand bibitem
49244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49246 name "Documentation"
49247 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49251 of the LaTeX-package
49256 \begin_inset Index idx
49259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49260 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49266 \begin_inset Newline newline
49270 \begin_inset Flex URL
49273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49275 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49283 \begin_layout Bibliography
49284 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49285 LatexCommand bibitem
49291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49293 name "Documentation"
49294 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49298 of the LaTeX-package
49303 \begin_inset Index idx
49306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49307 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49313 \begin_inset Newline newline
49317 \begin_inset Flex URL
49320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49322 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49330 \begin_layout Bibliography
49331 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49332 LatexCommand bibitem
49338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49340 name "Documentation"
49341 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49345 of the LaTeX-package
49350 \begin_inset Index idx
49353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49354 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49360 \begin_inset Newline newline
49364 \begin_inset Flex URL
49367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49369 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49377 \begin_layout Bibliography
49378 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49379 LatexCommand bibitem
49385 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49387 name "Documentation"
49388 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49392 of the LaTeX-package
49397 \begin_inset Index idx
49400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49401 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49407 \begin_inset Newline newline
49411 \begin_inset Flex URL
49414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49416 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49424 \begin_layout Bibliography
49425 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49426 LatexCommand bibitem
49432 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49435 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49439 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49440 \begin_inset Newline newline
49444 \begin_inset Flex URL
49447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49449 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49457 \begin_layout Bibliography
49458 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49459 LatexCommand bibitem
49465 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49468 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49472 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49473 \begin_inset Newline newline
49477 \begin_inset Flex URL
49480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49482 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49490 \begin_layout Bibliography
49491 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49492 LatexCommand bibitem
49498 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49501 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49505 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49506 \begin_inset Newline newline
49510 \begin_inset Flex URL
49513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49515 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49523 \begin_layout Bibliography
49524 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49525 LatexCommand bibitem
49531 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49534 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49538 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49539 \begin_inset Newline newline
49543 \begin_inset Flex URL
49546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49548 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49556 \begin_layout Bibliography
49557 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49558 LatexCommand bibitem
49564 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49567 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49571 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49572 \begin_inset Newline newline
49576 \begin_inset Flex URL
49579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49581 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49589 \begin_layout Bibliography
49590 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49591 LatexCommand bibitem
49597 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49600 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49604 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49605 \begin_inset Newline newline
49609 \begin_inset Flex URL
49612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49614 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49622 \begin_layout Bibliography
49623 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49624 LatexCommand bibitem
49630 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49633 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49637 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49638 \begin_inset Newline newline
49642 \begin_inset Flex URL
49645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49647 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49655 \begin_layout Bibliography
49656 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49657 LatexCommand bibitem
49663 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49666 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49670 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49671 \begin_inset Newline newline
49675 \begin_inset Flex URL
49678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49680 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49688 \begin_layout Bibliography
49689 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49690 LatexCommand bibitem
49696 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49699 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49703 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49704 \begin_inset Newline newline
49708 \begin_inset Flex URL
49711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49713 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49721 \begin_layout Bibliography
49722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49723 LatexCommand bibitem
49729 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49732 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49736 about new features in
49741 \begin_inset Newline newline
49745 \begin_inset Flex URL
49748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49750 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49758 \begin_layout Standard
49759 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49793 \begin_inset Note Note
49796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49803 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49804 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49805 bibliography is the second one:
49813 \begin_layout Standard
49814 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49815 LatexCommand bibtex
49816 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49817 options "biblio/alphadin"
49824 \begin_layout Standard
49825 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49828 \begin_layout Standard
49829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49830 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49836 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49837 LatexCommand printindex